GROVE RT550E Operation Manual

Operating manual
Part 1 – Driving
3 302 375 en
13.05.2015
Important note
Any type of duplication or excerpt from

this document, also in electronic form, is
not subject to the revision service of
Manitowoc Crane Group Germany GmbH.
© Copyright reserved by
Manitowoc Crane Group Germany GmbH

Industriegelände West
D-26389 Wilhelmshaven, Germany
Tel: [+49] (0) 44 21 294-0
13.05.2015
Fax: [+49] (0) 44 21 294-301

The passing on or duplication of this document as well as the utilisation and disclosure of its contents are prohibited
unless expressly permitted. Infringement will incur liability for compensation. All rights pertaining to registration of patent
or utility model are reserved. The original language of this document is German.
3 302 375 en Operating manual RT550E

This operating manual is divided into two parts:
Part 1 – Driving
Part 2 – Crane operation
Content overview of Part 1:

1 Overview
2 Basic safety instructions
3 Operating elements for driving
4 Starting/turning off the engine
5 Driving
6 Malfunctions in driving mode
7 Index
You will find chapters chapter 8 to chapter 14 in part 2 – Crane Operation.

13.05.2015
Operating manual RT550E 3 302 375 en

Blank page
13.05.2015

1
1 Overview
1.1 Accidents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1
1.2 Branch offices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 2

1.2.1 Manitowoc Crane Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 2
1.2.2 Dealer list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 2
1.3 Warranty specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 2
1.4 Terms used. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 4
1.5 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 7

1.5.1 Maximum lifting capacity (DIN/ISO/EN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 7
1.5.2 Dimensions, weights and turning circle radii of the all-terrain crane, axle
loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 8
1.5.3 Dimensions and weights of removable parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 10
1.5.4 Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 11
1.5.5 Superstructure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 13
1.6 Documentation supplied . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 15
1.6.1 Questions on documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 16
1.7 Notes on the operating instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 17
1.7.1 What do the symbols used mean? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 17
1.7.2 How are the operating instructions structured? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 19
1.7.3 How do I find the information I need? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 21
1.7.4 What information is available for operations planning? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 24
1.8 Conversion table for US measuring units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 25
1.9 Training – Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 27
1.10 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 28
1.11 EC Declaration of Conformity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 30

13.05.2015

13.05.2015

Overview
1.1 Accidents
1 Overview
1.1 Accidents
In the case of an accident, contact the relevant branch office of Manitowoc
Crane Care in the country in which you are working and specify your crane
type and serial number.
Adhere to the requirements regarding the obligation to report accidents

prevalent in the country in which you are working and inform the supervi-
sory authorities responsible for that particular type of accident (e.g. material
damage, injuries to persons).
13.05.2015
Operating manual RT550E 3 302 375 en 1-1

Overview
1.2 Branch offices
1.2 Branch offices
1.2.1 Manitowoc Crane Care
If you need help or support with the operation of your all-terrain crane, you
can contact our branches at the following addresses Manitowoc Crane Care:
http://www.manitowoccranes.com/en/our-company/mtwdirect-contact-us
1.2.2 Dealer list
Visit the following address for a global list of dealers:
http://www.manitowoccranes.com/en/our-company/dealer-locator
1.3 Warranty specifications

Please see the separately enclosed warranty certificate for information.
13.05.2015
1-2 3 302 375 en Operating manual RT550E

Overview
1.3 Warranty specifications
Blank page
13.05.2015

Overview
1.4 Terms used
1.4 Terms used
13.05.2015

Overview
1.4 Terms used
(A)–Carrier
1 Axle lines
2 Outrigger beams
3 Supporting cylinders
4 Outrigger pads
(B)–Superstructure
5 Main hoist
6 Cab
7 Main boom with telescoping mechanism
8 Telescopic sections
9 Hook block
10 Derricking cylinder, derricking gear
11 Slewing gear
12 Telescoping cylinder
13 Turntable
14 Counterweight
15 Auxiliary hoist1)
1)
Additional equipment
13.05.2015

Overview
1.4 Terms used
Blank page
13.05.2015

Overview
1.5 Technical data
1.5 Technical data
GROVE crane RT550E

Permissible temperature range: –18°C to +40°C
Crane designation: Truck crane in accordance with

DIN 15 001, part 1
Crane application: Service crane in accordance with
DIN 15 001, part 2
Crane classification: Hoist class H1 in accordance with
DIN 15 018, part 1
Crane class A1 in accordance with
ISO 4301, part 2
The crane is designed in accordance with crane class A1 (as defined in

ISO standard 4301 - 2). This relates to the engineering design (specification
of quality) and is not a guarantee as per § 443 BGB (German Federal Law).
1.5.1 Maximum lifting capacity (DIN/ISO/EN)
Max. load bearing capacity: 38.0 t1), 2)

Max. load moment
– Within the 360° slewing range: 122 tm (30.5 t x 4.0 m)
– In working position 0° to the front: 122 tm (30.5 t x 4.0 m)
1)
With additional equipment 41.5 t
2)
With special equipment 45 t
13.05.2015

Overview
1.5 Technical data
1.5.2 Dimensions, weights and turning circle radii of the all-terrain

crane, axle loads
Dimensions All dimensions in the illustration and the table are in mm.
Tyres J K L M
20.5 x 25 25.0° 22.5° 17.3° 2,632
13.05.2015
Normal steering
16.00 x 25 26.0° 23.5° 18.3° 2,536
20.5 x 25 25.0° 22.5° 17.3° 2,632
All-wheel steering
16.00 x 25 26.0° 23.5° 18.3° 2,536

Overview
1.5 Technical data
Turning circle All dimensions in the illustration and the table are in mm.
radiuses
Tyres A B C D E F G
20.5 x 25 13,535 13,300 10,899 10,236 10,007 8,138 7,021
Normal steering
16.00 x 25 13,535 13,300 10,899 10,185 9,981 8,138 7,021
20.5 x 25 9,657 9,350 6,732 6,061 5,832 4,000 3,498
All-wheel steering
16.00 x 25 9,657 9,350 6,732 6,010 5,806 4,000 3,498
Weight and Dimensions and weights of the parts which have to be transported on sep-
axle loads arate vehicles during on-road driving; à
p. 1 - 10.
Total weight depending on driving 28.5 t

mode:
Axle loads depending on driving mode front: 12.9 t
rear: 15.6 t
13.05.2015

Overview
1.5 Technical data
1.5.3 Dimensions and weights of removable parts
Hook blocks and

hook tackle Length x width x
height Weight
Designation
(L) x (W) x (H) In kg
In m
5 sheave hook block 1.26 x 0.50 x 0.40 460
Hook tackle 0.63 x 0.23 x 0.23 100
Lifting capacity of the hook blocks; à p. 10 - 42.
13.05.2015
1 - 10 3 302 375 en Operating manual RT550E

Overview
1.5 Technical data
1.5.4 Carrier
Engine
Cummins: QSB QSB
Engine emission:1) Section3 Section4
Power: Driving: Driving:
(80/1269 - 89/491 119 kW (160 HP) 122 kW (164 HP)
EEC – including bei 2500 min-1 bei 2300 min-1
all modifications)
Crane operation: Crane operation:
123 kW (165 HP) 125 kW (168 HP)
bei 1900 min-1 bei 1900 min-1
Fuel tank: 225 l 225 l
1) As ordered; à engine data sheet
Gears Dana T20000.
Axle lines
Drive: 4x4x4
1. axle line: Steered and driven axle line
2. axle line: Steered and driven axle line, drive can be activated
Steering Two hydraulic cylinders on each axle
Tyres Tyre pressure with cold tyres for permitted axle loads; à Weight and
axle loads, p. 1 - 9.
Tyre size Crane and driving

20.5 x 25 5.2 bar
16.00 x 25 7.6 bar
Climbing ability Transport weight 28.5 t
Drive Tyres Climbing ability

4x4x4 16.00 x 25 68%
13.05.2015
s
Operating manual RT550E 3 302 375 en 1 - 11
Overview
1.5 Technical data
Outriggers
Design: 4-point telescoping outrigger system
Control system: Can be controlled individually from the cab
Outrigger spans: 6.15 x 6.10 m

6.15 x 4.27 m
6.15 x 2.39 m
Outrigger pads Diameter: 480 mm

Surface: 1810 cm2
Maximum outrigger pres- front/rear: 30.5 t

sure:
Stroke of support cylinders 635 mm
Inclination indicator: Level in the cab
Electrical system
Alternator: 24 V/70 A
Batteries: 2, each of 12 V/180 Ah
Voltage: 24 V
Trailer coupling1)
Permissible drawbar load: 1800 kg
Permissible trailer load 4500 kg
1)
Towing couplings
Front tow lug: 150 kN permissible tension1)
Rear tow lug: 150 kN permissible tension1)
1)
Only permissible at certain tension angles; à p. 5 - 27
Driving speeds At an engine speed of 2500 rpm
Forwards: max. 24.5 km/h

Reverse: max. 24.5 km/h
13.05.2015

Overview
1.5 Technical data
1.5.5 Superstructure
Main hoist
Drum diameter: 314 mm (rope centre to rope centre)
Rope diameter: 16 mm
Rope length: 190 m
Rope pull: 38 kN/line
Power unit group: M 3 (in accordance with ISO 4301 - 2)
Load spectrum: Q1 - L 1
Factor of the load spec- Km = 0.125
trum
Theoretical service life: D = 3,200 h
Auxiliary hoist
Drum diameter: 314 mm (rope centre to rope centre)
Rope diameter: 16 mm
Rope length: 137 m
Rope pull: 38 kN/line
Power unit group: M 3 (in accordance with ISO 4301 - 2)
Load spectrum: Q1 - L 1
Factor of the load spec- Km = 0.125
trum
Theoretical service life: D = 3,200 h
Slewing gears
Make: SOM
Type: 01 DD
Power unit group M2 (in accordance with ISO 4301 - 2)
Derricking gear
Cylinder: Differential cylinder
Adjusting angle –2.5° to + 79° from horizontal position
(main boom):
Power unit group M2 (in accordance with ISO 4301 - 2)
13.05.2015

Overview
1.5 Technical data
Main boom
Main boom lengths: 9.9 m to 39.0 m
Main boom head: 5 sheaves
Cylinder: One single-level telescoping cylinder with
locking/unlocking mechanism
Power unit group for tele- M 1 (in accordance with ISO 4301 - 2)
scoping mechanism:
Lattice extension As additional equipment; à Lattice extension operating manual.
Operating speeds The specified operating speeds only apply to an engine speed of about
1900 rpm without load.
Main hoist: Rope speed when lifting and lowering

Normal speed: maximum 55 m/min
High-speed maximum 110 m/min
mode:
Auxiliary hoist: Rope speed when lifting and lowering

Normal speed: maximum 55 m/min
High-speed maximum 110 m/min
mode:
Slewing gear: 0 to 1.8 revolutions per minute
Telescoping Extending from 9.9 to 39.0 m

mechanism:
approx. 300 s In automatic mode during uninter-
rupted locking and telescoping proc-
esses
Derricking gear: Derricking between –2.5° and 79°

Normal speed: Raising: approx. 80 s
High-speed Raising: approx. 45 s
mode:
Noise emission Emission sound pressure level at the workplace (for version tier 4)
At the crane cab seat: 78.3 dB(A)
13.05.2015

Overview
1.6 Documentation supplied

The precise number of documents supplied depends on the rigging mode
of the all-terrain crane. The following documents are included in delivery:
– Operating manual
Contains information on driving and crane operation.
– Lattice extension operating manual

Is only supplied when the all-terrain crane is equipped with a lattice exten-
sion or other parts for extending the main boom (e.g. auxiliary single-
sheave boom top and heavy load lattice extension).
– Operating instructions for additional equipment

These are only supplied when the all-terrain crane is supplied with addi-
tional equipment which is not described in the operating instructions for
driving and crane operation.
– Documents from other manufacturers

Original documentation for parts not manufactured by Manitowoc Crane
Group Germany GmbH, such as the engine and central lubrication system,
as well as the tachograph, auxiliary heaters, radio and, where appropri-
ate, other additional equipment.
– Maintenance manual
Contains solely information on maintenance work and contains no
instructions for repair work.
– Safety manual
Provides information on the safe operation of the all-terrain crane.
– Circuit diagrams
Circuit diagrams for the electrical systems, hydraulic systems and pneu-
matic systems are supplied.
– Lifting capacity table

Information on the lifting capacity when the all-terrain crane is in different
rigging modes.
s
13.05.2015

Overview
– Outrigger pressure table

Information on the outrigger pressure when the all-terrain crane is in dif-
ferent rigging modes.
– Spare parts list and list with standard and trade parts
For procurement of spare parts. Information about the position and quan-
tity of plating.
1.6.1 Questions on documentation
Consult your dealer if you have questions on the documentation supplied

for your all-terrain crane.
You can find your responsible dealer here: à Dealer list, p. 1 - 2.

You can also send questions in either German or English directly to:
E-mail: whv-techpublications@manitowoc.com
In case of repeat orders for documentation, please contact our EMEA service.
13.05.2015

Overview
1.7 Notes on the operating instructions

These operating instructions are not a training manual for prospective crane
operators. All descriptions have been written explicitly for crane operators
who have been trained to operate all-terrain cranes.
These operating instructions are designed as a reference manual. They pro-
vide either a brief or a detailed explanation to the crane driver, based on his
prior knowledge, of the individual operating steps and procedures.
1.7.1 What do the symbols used mean?
The following designations and symbols are used in the operating instruc-
tions and in the maintenance manual to highlight particularly important
information.
The vertical line to the left of the hazards and warnings indicates that: This
text, regardless of its length, relates to the warning symbol.
G
This symbol indicates hazards related to the described operation that may
cause personal injury. The type of danger (e.g. danger to life, risk of injury
or risk of crushing) usually precedes the warning.
s
13.05.2015

Overview
S
This symbol indicates dangers which put objects at risk, e.g. damage to the
all-terrain crane or other parts which are located within the working range.
B
This symbol warns you about situations where there is a danger of electric
shock.
O
This symbol indicates that you are working with substances which pose a
risk to the environment. Take particular care. For further information on
handling substances that are harmful to the environment; à
Maintenance
manual, chapter on Safety and environmental protection.
H
The hand with the pointing finger indicates passages that contain additional
instructions and tips regarding all-terrain crane operation.
s
This symbol indicates that the topic is continued on the next page. Turn to
the next page.
Horizontal lines always indicate the start or the end of an example. The text used
for examples is in a different font.
13.05.2015

Overview
1.7.2 How are the operating instructions structured?
Division The operating instructions are divided into two parts.

– Part 1 with chapters 1 to 7 contains a description of how to drive the all-
terrain crane.
– Part 2 with chapters 8 to 14 contains a description of the crane operation.
One part on its own does not constitute a complete set of operating instruc-
tions; both parts must be included with the all-terrain crane.
The basic safety instructions, and for crane operation, too, are included in
chapter 2 only. Please read these safety instructions and observe them.
Structure of the Chapters 3 and 8 are structured according to the product, and give an over-
chapters view of all operating elements on the all-terrain crane. You will find cross-
references to the associated brief descriptions, and from there, to further
chapters.
Chapters 4 to 6 and 9 to 12 describe procedures, and are therefore struc-

tured relative to these operations. For more extensive processes, the
description is given with checklists and operating instructions.
– The checklists show the procedure in the required sequence, e.g. for rig-
ging work. From there, cross-references take you to the corresponding
operation descriptions.
– The operation descriptions describe the work in detail, including the
required warnings and safety instructions.
You are obliged to read these sections before using the all-terrain for the
first time and if you are still unsure about how to operate the all-terrain
crane.
G
Risk of accidents when only referring to the checklists during operation.
The checklists and operating instructions should always be regarded as a
single unit for the comprehensive description of the rigging.
It is only safe to operate the truck crane by referring to the checklists when
you are familiar with all the dangers which may occur, and are confident in
completing the necessary steps as described in the relevant operating
instructions.
If in doubt, always first read the section which is referred to in the checklist.
s
13.05.2015

Overview
Structure of Each page of the operating instructions is divided into a wide text column
the pages and a narrow column.
The narrow column contains various pieces of information:

– Chapter and section numbers
– Headings of the subsections
– Information and warning symbols
– Images with individual operating elements with parts of the all-terrain
crane or with pictograms.
Different methods of emphasis are used in the text column:
– When a section is preceded by a hyphen (as in this section, for example),

you will find a list.
– When a section is preceded by a bullet, you will be required to take con-

crete action, e.g.
• Shift the transmission to neutral.
– The following text passages are highlighted in italics:

– Designations of operating elements and switching states, such as auto-
matic or manual.
– Headings of sections to which a reference is made.
– The names of other documents to which a reference is made.
13.05.2015

Overview
1.7.3 How do I find the information I need?
The operating instructions contain the following guides for orientation.

– The Contents at the front in sections 1 and 2 list all the chapters in the sec-
tion.
– The Table of contents ahead of each chapter provides an overview of the
topics it contains.
– The Index in chapters 7 and 14 gives an alphabetic list of keywords and
search terms with a reference to the relevant page in the operating
instructions.
à
– Cross-references are labelled with an arrow ( ) and refer to other pages
in the operating instructions. These pages contain more detailed informa-
tion, or information that relates to the topic in question.
Furthermore, you can use the cross-references to systematically familiar-
ize yourself with specific information on the all-terrain crane or look up
functions of individual elements.
The following pages give an example of how to use the cross-references.
s
13.05.2015

Overview
Cross-references The illustrations and texts in this section are only an example and may differ
example from the conditions on your all-terrain crane.
13.05.2015

Overview
The parking brake is used as an example to show how the cross-references guide
you through the operating instructions.
A In this example, the general overview is shown on page 3 - 2.

The cab is labelled as number 1. The related table contains a cross-
reference in the form
1 Cab à p. 3 - 4
B Page 3 - 4 shows a top view of the cab.

The front console is labelled as number 2. The related table contains a
cross-reference in the form
2 Front panel à p. 3 - 8
C Page 3 - 8 shows a top view of the front console.

The parking brake is labelled as number 3. The related table contains a
cross-reference in the form
3 Parking brake à p. 3 - 31
D Page 3 - 31 gives a brief description of all the functions of the parking

brake.
To close: Press in switch (1) at the top
until it engages
Releasing: Push the lock (2) upwards and
press the switch down
There may be additional cross-references here, such as to related
pages in the chapter Malfunctions.
13.05.2015

Overview
1.7.4 What information is available for operations planning?
Extensive information is required for operations planning in order to guar-

antee safe, smooth and efficient operation of the all-terrain crane:
The operating instructions contain

– dimensions and weights of the all-terrain crane; à p. 1 - 8,
– dimensions and weights of parts of equipment that can be removed;
à p. 1 - 10,
– turning radii; à p. 1 - 13,
– the permitted outrigger spans; à p. 10 - 18,
– the size of the outrigger pads; à p. 1 - 12.
13.05.2015

Overview
1.8 Conversion table for US measuring units

The following conversion factors will help you convert from metric to US
units and vice versa when the all-terrain crane is being used in countries
that use US units of measurement.
Converting from in Multiply by

mm in 0.03937
in mm 25.4
m ft 3.28084
ft m 0.30479
m2 ft2 10.76391
cm2 in2 0.155
cm3 in3 0.061
l gal (US) 0.264178
kg lbs 2.204622
lbs kg 0.45359
t lbs 2204.622
lbs t 0.0004536
kN lbf 224.809
daN/cm2 lbf/in2 14.50378
lbf/in2 daN/cm2 0.06895
bar psi 14.50378
psi bar 0.06895
m/s ft/s 3.28084
km/h or km mph or mi 0.62137
mph or mi km/h or km 1.60935
Nm ft lbf 0.7375
°C °F 1.8 x °C+32
°F °C (°F-32)/1.8
t/m2 lbs/ft2 204.8
m2/t ft2/lbs 0.04882
13.05.2015

Overview
Blank page
13.05.2015

Overview
1.9 Training – Information
1.9 Training – Information

For the EMEA (Europe, Middle East, Africa) area, Manitowoc Crane Group Ger-
many GmbH offers comprehensive training for crane types GMK, RT and
GTK.
Our training centre is located in a maritime environment, on Germany's

North Sea coast in Wilhelmshaven. It is there where we train our qualified
service staff and provide you, as the customer (or sales and marketing
employee), with a training programme specific to your target group.
Knowledge of crane technology, components and systems used, crane

functions and measures for the prevention of accidents that is acquired
from the training is tailored to each target group and designed for safe,
time-saving operation of your crane or else consolidates your specialist
know-how of sales, marketing and service.
Our range of training programmes includes more than 20 different courses.

Take advantage of our services:
– Training for prevention of accidents and crane operation.
– Crane technology training.
– Training tailored to your needs and level of experience, for different levels
of difficulty from beginner to specialist.
– Theoretical and practical training, on simulators and on (your) crane.
– Training in the vicinity of GMK, RT and GTK production.
– Training courses with the duration required by the individual; from two
days to several weeks.
– Our coaches can also visit you to provide you with training on your own
crane.
Have us design a suitable training programme for you today.

We would be pleased to advise you
TrainingCenter Wilhelmshaven
Tel: +49 4421 294 623
Fax: +49 4421 294 244
TrainingscenterWHV@manitowoc.com
13.05.2015

Overview
1.10 Identification
1.10 Identification
13.05.2015

Overview
1.10 Identification
The following plates and numbers are attached to the all-terrain crane for
identification purposes:
1 Serial number and crane type

2 The CE mark, only with all-terrain cranes that are delivered in mem-
ber countries of the EU
3 chassis number
The location of the identification numbers on removable rigging parts (e.g.

counterweights, lattice extension) is described in the corresponding chap-
ters or in the relevant operating instructions provided.
13.05.2015

Overview
1.11 EC Declaration of Conformity
1.11 EC Declaration of Conformity
On initial delivery, operators of truck cranes

receive a Declaration of Conformity as a sup-
plement to the delivery protocol. An illustra-
tion of the Declaration of Conformity is shown
below.
The enclosed Declaration of Conformity is

only valid if the truck crane complies with all
of the guidelines and standards specified in
the EC Declaration of Conformity. This applies
in particular to the programming and function
of the overload protection. Only then does the
truck crane receive a CE mark upon delivery.
The Declaration of Conformity shall become
invalid and the CE mark must be removed if
any modifications that do not comply with the
specified guidelines and standards are made
to the crane.
Please refer to the additional information
provided with the supplied EC Declaration
of Conformity.
13.05.2015

2
2.1 Intended use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1
2.1.1 Improper use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 2
2.2 Organisational measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 3
2.3 Qualifications of the staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 5
2.4 Safety instructions for driving the all-terrain crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 6
2.5 Safety instructions for crane operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 6
2.6 Notes on transporting persons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 8

13.05.2015

13.05.2015

Basic safety instructions
2.1 Intended use
à What do the symbols used mean?, p. 1 - 17.

H
Notes on the warnings used;
2.1 Intended use

The RT550E is a state-of-the-art all terrain crane, designed in accordance
with approved safety regulations. Nevertheless, the operator or third parties
can still be endangered and the crane or other property put at risk while
using it.
The all-terrain crane may only be modified with the consent of Manitowoc
Crane Group Germany GmbH.
The RT550E all-terrain crane may only be used when it is in perfect technical
condition and for its intended purpose and with due attention paid to safe
operation and possible hazards.
Any malfunctions that could impair safety must be eliminated immediately.
The RT550E all-terrain crane may only be operated without the correspond-
ing special equipment within the permitted temperature range; à
Technical
data, p. 1 - 7.
The RT550E all-terrain crane is designed solely for lifting loads which are
within the permitted RT550E lifting capacities. The load must be slung as
prescribed to a hook block which is positioned vertically over the load prior
to lifting.
Intended use also includes

– observing the entire crane documentation, consisting of the operating
instructions, the lifting capacity table, the outrigger pressure table and the
safety manual
– adhering to the inspection and maintenance requirements specified in the
maintenance manual.
The RT550E may only be operated with parts of equipment which are per-
mitted by Manitowoc Crane Group Germany GmbH and which are labelled
with the serial number of the RT550E.
The manufacturer is not liable for any damage resulting from improper or
13.05.2015
unauthorized use of the all-terrain crane RT550E. The user alone bears the
risk.

2.1 Intended use
2.1.1 Improper use
Manitowoc Crane Group Germany GmbH is not liable for damage resulting
from the improper or unauthorized use of the all terrain crane RT550E. The
user alone bears the risk.
Improper use includes:
– Transporting loads on the carrier.

– Pushing, pulling or lifting loads with the outrigger beams or outrigger cyl-
inders.
– Pushing or pulling loads or lifting them off the ground using the slewing
gear, derricking gear or telescoping mechanism.
– Pulling off fixed objects with the crane.
– Two-hook operation with the boom extension and two-hook operation on
the main boom head without additional equipment.
– Setting RCL codes that do not correspond to the actual rigging mode.
– Working with an overridden RCL or overridden lifting limit switch.
– After RCL shutdown, increasing the working radius by pulling the raised
load at an angle (e.g. with a chain hoist).
– Misuse of the outrigger pressure display as a safety function to prevent
the crane from overturning (outrigger pressure higher than 0 t).
– On-road driving in an impermissible driving mode (axle load, dimension).
– Moving the rigged crane in an impermissible driving mode.
– Using equipment that is not permitted for the crane.
– Transporting people in any way using the lifting tackle, on the load, or in
the cab while driving.
– Transporting passengers outside the cab.
– Loading and unloading work, i.e. continuous operation without a suffi-
ciently long break.
– Usage for any kind of sport or recreation event, especially for bungee
jumping.
13.05.2015

2.2 Organisational measures

The operating instructions and the lifting capacity table should be kept in
the all-terrain crane for immediate access at all times, and must not be
removed from the all-terrain crane. You must have read and understood the
operation and safety instructions in these operating instructions and com-
ply with them when working.
In addition to the operating instructions and the lifting capacity table,
observe all general, statutory and otherwise applicable regulations concern-
ing accident prevention and environmental protection. You must have read
and understood these and observe them when operating the crane and driv-
ing.
They could include:
– How to deal with hazardous materials
– The wearing of personal protective equipment
– Road traffic regulations and
– All applicable requirements concerning the operation of a crane.
Make sure that persons who will work on the all terrain crane are provided
with the required information prior to starting operations. Instruct your per-
sonnel (e.g. banksmen, slingers, rigging personnel) accordingly.
Make sure the maintenance personnel have the necessary expertise for safe
crane operation. Make sure the maintenance personnel have access to the
operating manual.
Only qualified or instructed personnel may carry out work on the all terrain
crane.
The responsibilities regarding the operation of the all terrain crane, rigging,
maintenance and repair work must be clearly defined.
Make sure only authorised personnel carry out work on the all-terrain crane.
Do not leave long hair untied or wear loose clothing or jewellery (including
rings) during work. These could get caught or pulled into the unit and result
in injury.
Use your personal protective gear whenever necessary or prescribed.
Observe all safety instructions and warnings on the all terrain crane.
Keep all safety instructions and warnings on the all-terrain crane in a legible
condition.
s
13.05.2015

Observe the operational organization at the site. Report your arrival to site
management. Ask for the personnel authorised to instruct you.
Find out where the fire extinguishers are and how to operate them at every
site.
Note the fire alarm and fire fighting facilities.
Should the operating behaviour of the all-terrain crane change in such a

manner that safety is impaired or if you are in doubt about the operational
safety of the all-terrain crane, stop the crane immediately and inform the
responsible departments or persons.
Do not make any changes to the programmable control systems (e.g. the RCL).
Do not modify or retrofit the all-terrain crane without the consent of the
manufacturer if such changes would affect the safety. This also applies to:
– the installation of safety devices
– the adjustment of safety devices and valves.
All welding work (especially on load carrying members) may only be per-
formed by qualified professional personnel with the prior written permis-
sion of Manitowoc Crane Group Germany GmbH.
To avoid damage, especially to electronic parts, there are certain measures
you must take before doing any welding work. You should therefore always
consult Manitowoc Crane Care before any welding work.
Make sure that the prescribed intervals and the intervals specified in the
operation and maintenance manual for periodic inspections, tests and
maintenance work are adhered to.
Replace the hydraulic hose lines, or have them replaced, at the prescribed
intervals, even if no safety defects are noticeable.
Spare parts must fulfil the technical requirements defined by the manufac-
turer. Genuine spare parts always meet these requirements.
Appropriate servicing equipment is absolutely necessary in order to carry

out maintenance work.
Observe national regulations that apply to transport when loading the all-
terrain crane. Also observe the additional safety measures prescribed by the
forwarder (e.g. shipping or railway transportation company).
Monitor the work of personnel, at least occasionally, and make sure they
work in accordance with the operating instructions in a safe and conscien-
13.05.2015
tious manner.

2.3 Qualifications of the staff
2.3 Qualifications of the staff

These operating instructions are not a training manual for prospective crane
operators.
All descriptions have been written explicitly for crane operators who have
been trained to operate all-terrain cranes.
Personnel in training may only operate the all terrain crane under supervi-
sion.
Only reliable personnel may operate or carry out work on the all terrain
crane.
As a crane operator you must fulfil a number of requirements:

– You must possess a driving license for this type of vehicle that is valid in
the country in which you are working.
– You must have general knowledge about working with cranes and the
qualifications required in the country in which you are working.
– You must be familiar with and understand the operating instructions.
– You must be familiar with and have understood the accident prevention
regulations.
– You must fulfil all physical and mental requirements for all-terrain crane
operation, e.g. perfect sight and hearing and the ability to react quickly.
Please also refer to the section in the Safety manual titled You as driver and
crane operator.
Only experienced staff who are familiar with the valid accident prevention
regulations are authorised to sling loads and instruct the crane operator.
Your responsibilities as a crane operator (including those concerning traffic

requirements) must be clearly defined. You must be in a position to refuse
instructions given to you by third parties that violate the safety regulations.
Only trained personnel with special knowledge and experience in the fields
of hydraulics, pneumatics and electrical equipment and electronics may
carry out maintenance work on the all-terrain crane.
Manitowoc Crane Group Germany GmbH conducts general and type-spe-

cific crane operator courses and technical courses.
13.05.2015

2.4 Safety instructions for driving the all-terrain crane
2.4 Safety instructions for driving the all-terrain crane

Walk around and inspect the all-terrain crane before you start the vehicle.
Check the condition of the all-terrain crane carefully using the checklists in
the operating instructions. Do not assume everything is in working order
simply because it was in working order at the end of the last shift.
Check that all covers and safety devices are fitted properly and that they are
in good condition before starting the vehicle.
If necessary, remove any ice and snow from the all-terrain crane before
commencing driving.
Use the appropriate access aids when checking overhead crane parts.
Do not use parts of the crane as access aids.
Keep all handles, steps, step treads and ladders free of dirt, snow and ice.
Keep all electric and hydraulic connections free from dirt. Check the con-
necting points for dust, foreign bodies and moisture before installation. This
also applies to protective caps and bridging plugs.
Check all operating and control elements in the cab before starting the
engine.
After starting the engine, take note of all the lights and control elements.
After driving, secure the all-terrain crane against unauthorized use.
2.5 Safety instructions for crane operation

Carefully select a safe site for the all-terrain crane from where you can work
safely.
Walk around the crane and inspect it before beginning all-terrain crane
operation. Check the condition of the all-terrain crane carefully using the
checklists in the operating instructions. Do not assume everything is in
working order simply because it was in working order at the end of the last
shift.
Check daily that all covers and safety devices are fitted properly and are in
good condition before crane operation.
If necessary, remove any ice and snow from the all-terrain crane before
13.05.2015
commencing crane operation.
Check the safety devices (RCL, lifting limit switch, dead man's switch, emer-
gency stop switches) every day before you start work.

2.5 Safety instructions for crane operation
Use the appropriate access aids when carrying out overhead rigging or
maintenance work. Do not use parts of the crane as access aids.
Walk only on those parts of the truck crane which are equipped with appro-
priate step grids and railings and therefore guarantee safety.
Use a suitable safety harness when walking on other surfaces – this also
applies to sanded surfaces.
Always use a ladder for work above head height.
Keep all handles, steps, step treads and ladders free of dirt, snow and ice.
Keep all electric and hydraulic connections free from dirt. Check the con-
necting points for dust, foreign bodies and moisture before installation. This
also applies to protective caps and bridging plugs.
Check all operating and control elements in the cab before starting the
engine.
After starting the engine, take note of all the lights and control elements.
Make sure that there are no unauthorized people in the vicinity of or on the
all-terrain crane during rigging work or all-terrain crane operation. Cordon
off the danger area clearly and mark the area as such.
When lifting a load, raise the boom to balance out the increase in working
radius caused by the boom rising so that the load is lifted up vertically and
does not drag, injure helpers or fall into the hoist rope diagonally (e.g. from
a vehicle or scaffolding). Inform any banksmen and helpers about this issue
as well.
Support the all-terrain crane with the outrigger span required for the cur-
rently rigged counterweight before turning the superstructure.
Always level the all-terrain crane before operating the crane.
Only use parts of equipment (counterweight sections, lattice extension) that

belong to your all terrain crane. Both the all terrain crane and the equipment
must have the same serial number.
Lifting loads simultaneously with two cranes is particularly dangerous.
Carry out this type of work with special care.
Set the load down whenever you interrupt work, and never leave the all-ter-
rain crane as long as a load is raised.
s
13.05.2015

2.6 Notes on transporting persons
Secure the all terrain crane against unauthorized use whenever you leave it.
Crane operation carried out in the vicinity of live electrical cables as well as
oil, gas or other supply lines is dangerous and requires that special precau-
tionary measures be taken. Please observe the instructions in the section
titled Crane operation under special operating conditions in the Safety manual and
the respective national regulations.

The all-terrain crane is intended for lifting loads. Transporting persons is
considered improper use of the all-terrain crane.
It is prohibited to:
– transport persons in any way with the lifting tackle or on the load.
– transport passengers outside the cab.
– transport persons on the lattice extensions or boom extensions.
– use the truck crane for any kind of sport or recreation event, especially for
“bungee” jumping.
– tirectly attach equipment for lifting persons on a luffing jib.
– Transport persons with the all-terrain crane when another, less danger-
ous method of transporting persons is possible.
In addition to these specifications in this section, also always observe the

legal requirements and guidelines for transporting persons applicable in the
country in which you are working.
Equipment for To lift persons, only use equipment for lifting persons that comply with the
lifting persons requirements specified in the standards and regulations applicable in the
country in which you are working.
The equipment for lifting persons must be fastened and secured as pre-
scribed.
The prescribed personal protection equipment must be available and used

(safety harnesses, etc.).
13.05.2015

Personnel Only authorised and properly qualified personnel are permitted to transport
persons.
The crane operator must comply with the specifications of the manufacturer
and the restrictions with regard to the lifting accessories (hooks, lifting gear,
equipment for lifting persons, etc).
The crane operator must have knowledge of and meet the requirements of
the relevant legal regulations and standards (e.g. the BGR 159 in Germany
or the ASME B30 in the USA).
The crane operator must have the necessary knowledge for operating the
all-terrain crane and the equipment used for lifting persons.
The crane operator and the persons to be transported must be made aware
of all the known dangers involved when transporting persons.
Operation Operations planning for transporting persons must be carried out with spe-
cial care. If official registration is required in the country in which you are
working, this must be done with the relevant authorities in good time.
The all-terrain crane must be equipped as prescribed and be level.
Before transporting persons, the crane operator must make sure that the
safety devices and emergency operation functions are in perfect working
order.
Before transporting persons, the crane operator must make sure that the
lifting limit switch is not overridden.
The Operating manual and the Lifting capacity table must be in the cab and
within easy reach of the crane operator.
All crane movements must be performed slowly and with extreme care.
The crane operator is not allowed to leave the cab until the equipment for
lifting persons has been set down and the person transported has left it.
The crane operator must take care that the degree of utilisation does not
exceed 50% during operation.
The number of reeved rope lines must be selected such that the load on the
hoist rope does not exceed 50% of the rope pull. At the same time, the total
weight of the lifted load must be considered, consisting of the weights of the
hook block, the lifting gear and the equipment for lifting persons including
13.05.2015
the maximum payload.
s
When transporting persons, the crane operator must maintain the safe dis-
tances from electrical lines applicable in the country in which he is working.
The distances are normally greater than the distances for lifting loads spec-
ified in the Safe distance from electrical lines section.
The transported person must have radio contact to the crane operator.
When used for transporting persons, the all-terrain crane must not be used
for other tasks.
The crane operator is not permitted to exceed the maximum permissible
wind speeds and wind loads for transporting persons applicable in the
country in which he is working. These values are normally lower than those
for lifting loads specified in the Lifting capacity table.
When the equipment for lifting persons is being used and is in a stationary
position, then the slewing gear, hoist, derricking gear and telescoping
mechanism must be secured against accidental use by being switched off.
All-terrain crane The all-terrain crane must be equipped such (e.g. with hydraulic emergency
operation) that the equipment for lifting persons can be set down and that
persons transported can safely leave it even if there is a failure of the drive
or crane control.
The hook that holds the lifting gear for the equipment for lifting persons
must be fitted with a lockable latch that completely seals the hook opening.
The all-terrain crane must be serviced as prescribed, regularly inspected

and repaired, if required. All safety stickers must be affixed in their appro-
priate places and be legible.
13.05.2015

3
3.1 Overview of the operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1
3.1.1 On the outside of the all-terrain crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 2
3.1.2 Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 4
3.1.3 Steering column/steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 8
3.1.4 Control unit CCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 10
3.1.5 Display CCS – Start menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 12
3.1.6 CCS display – Submenus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 14
3.1.7 Heating/Air-conditioning system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 18
3.2 Short description of the operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 19
3.2.1 Definition of positional references . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 19
3.2.2 General rules for buttons and symbols on the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 20
3.2.3 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 21
3.2.4 Crane control CCS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 22
3.2.5 Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 27
3.2.6 Transverse differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 30
3.2.7 All-wheel drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 30
3.2.8 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 31
3.2.9 Steering/separate steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 32
3.2.10 Lighting/windscreen wipers/horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 33
3.2.11 Window, door, keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 35
13.05.2015

13.05.2015

Operating elements for driving
3.1 Overview of the operating elements

All operating elements for crane operation are described in chapter 8.

This section shows the position and designation of the operating elements
for driving. This also includes display elements such as lights or displays.
H
Operating elements only available with additional equipment are desig-
nated accordingly. These designations are made in this section only and are
not repeated in the following sections.
13.05.2015

3.1.1 On the outside of the all-terrain crane
13.05.2015

1 Outriggers à p. 10 - 15
1), 2)
2 Fire extinguisher
3 Air intake inhibitor1) à p. 4 - 15
4 Cab à p. 3 - 4
5 Battery master switch à p. 4 - 6
Connection for battery charger1) à p. 6 - 9
External starting socket1) à p. 6 - 9
6 Access ladders à p. 4 - 4
7 Fuel tank à p. 4 - 5
8 Adjusting the mirrors à p. 5 - 5
9 Storage compartment
10 Hydraulic tank2)
11 Hydraulic oil display – level2)/temperature à p. 5 - 19
12 Engine à p. 4 - 1
1) Additional equipment
2) à Maintenance manual
13.05.2015

3.1.2 Cab
Front
13.05.2015

1 Accelerator pedal
2 Service brake
3 Handle
4 Rest
5 Door unlocking mechanism à p. 3 - 36
6 Air vents à p. 9 - 113
7 Emergency stop switch à p. 4 - 14
8 Socket (12 volt)
9 Steering column/steering wheel à p. 3 - 8
10 Engine diagnostics
11 Fan with switch
12 Heating, air-conditioning system1) à p. 3 - 18
13 Sun visor
14 Control unit CCS à p. 3 - 10
15 Superstructure lock à p. 8 - 80
16 Cigarette lighter (24 volts)
17 Cab seat à p. 3 - 6
Seat contact switch à p. 8 - 51
18 Cab, behind à p. 3 - 6
1)
s
13.05.2015

Rear
13.05.2015

1 Side window à p. 3 - 35
2 Cab lighting à p. 3 - 34
3 Rest
4 Rear window à p. 3 - 35
6 Sunblind
7 Fire extinguisher1)
9 Handle
10 Fuses à p. 6 - 14
11 Diagnostics à p. 8 - 92
12 CraneStar à p. 9 - 117
13.05.2015

3.1.3 Steering column/steering wheel
13.05.2015

1 Turn signal indicator lamp, left à p. 3 - 33

2 Turn signal indicator lamp, right à p. 3 - 33
3 Parking brake à p. 3 - 31
4 Lighting on/off à p. 3 - 33
5 All-wheel drive on/off à p. 3 - 30
6 Hazard warning system on/off à p. 3 - 33
7 No function
8 Setting idling speed à p. 4 - 12
9 Horn à p. 3 - 33
Turn signal indicator/wiper-washing system à p. 3 - 33
10 Operation Transmission à p. 3 - 27
11 Ignition lock à p. 3 - 21
12 Adjusting Steering column à p. 5 - 7
13.05.2015

3.1.4 Control unit CCS
13.05.2015

1 Display CCS à p. 3 - 12
Overview start menu
2 Jog dial à p. 3 - 22
3 Service/diagnosis connection1)
4 Exiting submenu/input mode à p. 3 - 22
5 Selector buttons à p. 3 - 22
6 no function
6.1 Operating in the Menu Outrigger à p. 8 - 59
7 Warning for lifting limit switch shutdown à p. 8 - 56
8 Sensor brightness à p. 8 - 57
9 Input confirmation à p. 3 - 22
10 Main menu overview à p. 3 - 22
11 Switch display à p. 3 - 25
12 Slewing gear brake engaged/released display à p. 8 - 57
13 Display/sensor warning display temperature à p. 8 - 56
1)
For service personnel only
13.05.2015

3.1.5 Display CCS – Start menu
13.05.2015

1 Gears display à p. 3 - 29
2 Fuel level display à p. 4 - 11
3 Voltage monitoring display à p. 3 - 29
4 Engine speed display à p. 4 - 11
5 Coolant temperature display à p. 4 - 11
6 Suction air pre-heating display à p. 3 - 21
7 Parking brake indicator à p. 3 - 31
8 Emergency stop indicator à p. 4 - 14
9 Steer locking status display à p. 3 - 32
10 Drive type display à p. 3 - 30
11 Headlight indicator à p. 3 - 34
12 Transverse differential lock indicator à p. 3 - 30
13 Display temperature warning à p. 3 - 26
14 Engine malfunction display à p. 5 - 19
15 Hydraulic oil temperature warning à p. 5 - 19
16 Gear oil temperature warning à p. 5 - 20
17 Service brake supply pressure warning à p. 3 - 31
18 CAN bus error display à p. 5 - 20
19 Hydraulic oil filter warning à p. 5 - 20
20 Carrier malfunction display à p. 5 - 20
21 Lowering limit switch main hoist warning à p. 8 - 64
22 Lowering limit switch auxiliary hoist warning à p. 8 - 66
23 Malfunction steering circuit display à p. 3 - 32
13.05.2015

3.1.6 CCS display – Submenus
Submenu Settings
XX . XX . XXXX XX : XX h XX h am/pm
13.05.2015

1 Display brightness selection à p. 4 - 7

2 Setting the brightness display à p. 4 - 7
3 Display brightness in percentage à p. 4 - 7
4 Display brightness à p. 4 - 7
5 Time/date selection à p. 9 - 42
6 Date display à p. 9 - 42
7 Setting the date/time à p. 9 - 42
8 Time display à p. 9 - 42
9 Time display selection: à p. 9 - 42
– 24-hour display
– Morning/afternoon display
s
13.05.2015

Submenu Description of the displays; à Displaying and resetting operating hours,

Operating hours p. 5 - 8.
1 Keycode input à p. 5 - 8
2 Gears à p. 5 - 8
4 Selection all à p. 5 - 8
13.05.2015

Submenu Error
engine and trans-
mission
1 Current errors/total errors display à p. 6 - 20

2 Display symbol error location à p. 6 - 20
3 Error code à p. 6 - 20
4 Next error à p. 6 - 20
5 Previous error à p. 6 - 20
13.05.2015

3.1.7 Heating/Air-conditioning system
à Standard heating system, p. 9 - 112;

à Air-conditioning system, p. 9 - 114
13.05.2015

3.2 Short description of the operating elements
G
Risk of accident by operator error
This section is not a complete operating manual. It only provides a general
overview of the functionality of the operating elements.
Before using the operating elements for the first time, read through the fol-
lowing chapters and the safety instructions listed there.
H
This section does not contain all the requirements that must be fulfilled for
several operating elements to be active.
If some operating elements do not work, first read the following chapters
which are referred to at the respective places before contacting Manitowoc
Crane Care.
3.2.1 Definition of positional references
Basic rule Direction information always depends on whether the carrier or the super-
structure is being operated.
On the carrier
The front headlights are always at the front, which means that:
1: front 2: Right
3: rear 4: Left
Forwards always means with the headlights in the front.

Backwards always means the rear lights on the carrier are to the front.
On the superstructure
The main boom head is always at the front, which means that:
1: front 2: Right
3: rear 4: Left
13.05.2015

3.2.2 General rules for buttons and symbols on the display
The symbols shown as an example are not present on all crane types. The
following rules apply in all menus:
– A menu can only be opened if the relevant symbol has been selected with
the jog dial (1) or direction buttons (2).
– A selected menu is marked in colour and can be opened.
– Symbols can be shown in different colours. The colour of the symbol indi-
cates the current switching state of the relevant power unit.
1 Red: e.g. main hoist – off
2 Green: e.g. auxiliary hoist – on
– In these operating instructions, we always refer to colours in terms of

“The symbol is red”, for instance,
regardless of whether the background (1) of a symbol is red or whether
only parts (2) of a symbol are red. This applies to all symbols and all col-
ours.
– If the instruction given in this section is to “Press the button once...”, for
instance, this always refers to the button (1) or (2). This is the case if a
menu is opened or a function is to be carried out.
13.05.2015

3.2.3 Engine
Steering column Ignition lock

P Ignition on, headlight on
0 Ignition off, engine off, rotating beacon off, key can be removed
1 Power supply on for:
Heating, diagnosis engine/gears, steering wheel lock release, drive
position, rotating beacon on
2 Starting position
à p. 4 - 6
Adjusting the steer- à p. 5 - 7
ing column:
Display CCS
Tachometer
Display, engine speed in rpm (min–1); à p. 4 - 11
Suction air pre-heating check

– Red: Engine not ready to start – suction air warming up
– Grey: Engine is ready to start
à p. 4 - 9
Engine warning
– Red: Engine off – ignition on
or
Engine on – engine malfunction
– Grey: Engine on – no malfunction
à p. 6 - 17
13.05.2015

3.2.4 Crane control CCS
The truck crane RT550E is equipped with the CCS electronic crane control
(Crane Control System). CCS includes a control unit in the cab and several
control units (MWSCM and MWCCM) distributed over the superstructure
and carrier.
Menu control
1 For marking and activating areas. The function of the buttons is differ-
ent depending on the area and menu.
There are three different areas:
Menu area
– For opening menus and submenus.
One symbol is always selected.
Input area
– Selecting and confirming values.
A field (1) with numbers or letters is marked.
Operation area
– For carrying out movements during rigging.
The required element is marked (e.g. outrigger cylinder) (1).
– For turning on/off and switching
A symbol for a status is marked, e.g. symbol (2).
13.05.2015

Mark
1 Slew or 2 Press
– The next area is marked.
Activate
1 Press or 3 Press
– The marked area is activated. The display and function of the buttons
(1), (2) and (3) changes accordingly.
à Functions in the Menu area, p. 3 - 23
à Functions in the Input area, p. 3 - 23
à Functions in the Operation area, p. 3 - 24
Functions in the Menu area

Select
1 Slew or 2 Press
– The next symbol is marked.
Confirm
1 Press or 3 Press
– The corresponding menu is opened.
Functions in the Input area

Selecting values
1 Slew or 2 Press
4 Value can be reduced/increased
5 Highest value achieved
6 Lowest value achieved
Confirm value
1 Press or 3 Press
– Displayed value (7) is applied – input
mode off
13.05.2015
s
Functions in the Operation area

Executing a movement
– Select function
3 Press or 1 Slew
– The marked function (4) or (5) is
selected.
– Move function
2 Press
– The selected function is carried out.
Turning on/off and switching

– Selecting status
2 Press or 1 Slew
– The marked state (4) or (6) is selected.
– Switch on state
1 Press or 3 Press
– The selected state (5) or (7) is estab-
lished.
13.05.2015

Display CCS
The start menu appears after switching on the
ignition (1).
After pressing a button on the jog dial or con-

trol panel CCS, the overview of the menu
groups (2) appears.
A symbol is selected with the jog dial or the
arrow keys to call up a menu. The selected
symbol is shown in red.
A menu is opened by pressing the jog dial or
the OK button on the control panel.
Switch display
Symbols or menu groups can only be selected
when the display is active – display symbol (1).
Only one display is active at any given time.

To switch between displays:
2 Press or 3 Press
– The symbol (1) is displayed in the active

display.
s
13.05.2015

Display temperature warning
– Red: Display temperature too high

– Grey: Display temperature in the permissible range
Warning display
1 - 3 Show an active warning message; à p. 5 - 18.
13.05.2015

3.2.5 Transmission
à Operating the transmission, p. 5 - 9.
Gearshift lever
Selecting the driving direction

The engine runs and the service brake is activated.
– Position N: Neutral position on – No gear engaged
– Position F, forwards: At a standstill – Coupling closes, starting gear

forwards on
– Position R, reverse: At a standstill – Coupling closes, starting gear

reverse on
s
13.05.2015

Select gear, direction of travel forwards
The all-terrain crane is stationary. Position F is selected.

1st gear engaged
à p. 5 - 9
The all-terrain crane moves. Position F I is selected.

– turn to II: 2nd gear engaged
The all-terrain crane moves. Position F II is selected.

– turn to III: 3rd gear engaged
Select gear, direction of travel reverse
The all-terrain crane is stationary. Position R is selected.

1st gear engaged
à p. 5 - 9
The all-terrain crane moves. Position R I is selected.

– turn to II: 2nd gear engaged
13.05.2015

The all-terrain crane moves. Position R II is selected.

– turn to III: 3rd gear engaged
Display CCS
Operating mode display
1 Turn signal indicator

– F: Forwards
– R: Reverse
2 Engaged gear, e.g. 3
Error messages display
Major malfunction in the drive train – stop all-terrain crane

à Submenu error engine and transmission, p. 6 - 20
Gear oil too hot – stop all-terrain crane

General error transmission – stop all-terrain crane

13.05.2015

3.2.6 Transverse differential lock
à Switching the transverse differential locks on/off, p. 5 - 24
Control console
Transverse differential locks on/off
– Switching on: Press and hold the button (1).

– Switching off: Release button (1)
CCS display
Check transverse differential lock
– Green: Transverse differential lock on

– Grey: Transverse differential lock off
3.2.7 All-wheel drive
à Switching the all-wheel drive on/off, p. 5 - 25
Steering column
All-wheel drive on/off
– Switching on: Press button(1) up.

– Switching off: Press button(1) down.
CCS display
Check all-wheel drive
– Green: All-wheel drive on

13.05.2015
– Grey: All-wheel drive off

3.2.8 Brakes
à Stopping, p. 5 - 12
Steering column
Parking brake
To close: Press in switch (1) at the top until it engages

To release: Push the lock (2) upwards and press the switch down
CCS display
Warning – supply pressure in the service brake too low
1 – Red: Supply pressure too low
2 – Grey: Supply pressure sufficient
Parking brake indicator

– Red: Parking brake engaged
– Grey: Parking brake released
13.05.2015

3.2.9 Steering/separate steering
à Separate steering, p. 5 - 28
Left-hand control
panel
Separate steering on/off
– Switching on: Press in button with (1) – second axle line moves to
the right
Press in button with (2) – second axle line moves to
the left
– Switching off: Release the button
à p. 5 - 28
CCS display
Steering locking status display
– Yellow: Unlocked
– Grey: Locked
à p. 5 - 28
Steering circuit warning
– Red: Supply pressure too low

– Grey: Supply pressure sufficient
à p. 5 - 14 13.05.2015

3.2.10 Lighting/windscreen wipers/horn
Steering column Multipurpose switch

Horn
1 Horn: Press the button
Turn signal indicator/wiper-washing system

2 Right turn signal indicator: Forwards
3 Left turn signal indicator: Backwards
4 Wiper/washing system: Press
5 Windscreen wiper: Turn – off (0),
slow, fast
Indicator lamp for turn signal indicator
1 – Flashing: Turn signal indicator on

– Off: Turn signal indicator off, or turn signal indicator on
and filament lamp defective
Hazard warning system on/off
– Switching on: Press upwards – lamp in the switch flashes

– Switching off: Press downwards – gone out
Lighting on/off
0 Light off
1 Parking light on Instrument lighting on
2 Headlight on
13.05.2015
s
CCS display
Headlight indicator
– Green: Headlight on
– Grey: Headlight off
Cab, top
Cab lighting
– Switching on: Press in switch (1)

– Switching off: Press in switch (1) again
13.05.2015

3.2.11 Window, door, keys
Windows
Rear window
Opening
• Raise the grip (1)
• Push window outwards
Closing
• Pull in window
• Push down handle (1)
Side window
Opening
• Press in the handle (2)
• Slide open the window
Closing
• Slide the window closed
• Engage the handle (2) in the holder (1)
s
13.05.2015

Cab door
From outside
Unlock
• Turn the key in direction A
Lock
• Turn the key in direction B
Open/close
• Pull the handle (1)
• Slide the door
From inside
– Closing
Push the release lever (1) forwards, push the
door forwards on the handle (2) – engages.
Locking from inside not possible.
– Opening
Push the release lever (1) forwards, push the
door backwards on the handle (2) –
engages.
13.05.2015

Keys Different keys are supplied.
1 Cab ignition lock

2 Cab door lock
3 Fuel tank1)
13.05.2015

Blank page
13.05.2015

4
4.1 Checklists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1
4.1.1 CHECKLIST: Starting the engine for driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1
4.1.2 CHECKLIST: At low temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 4
4.1.3 Access ladders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 4
4.1.4 Refuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 5
4.1.5 Checks before starting the engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 6
4.1.6 Switching on the ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 6
4.1.7 Display – setting the brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 7
4.1.8 Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 8
4.1.9 Checks after starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 10
4.1.10 Monitoring elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 11
4.1.11 Setting idling speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 12
4.2 Turning off the engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 13
4.2.1 Using the emergency stop switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 14
4.3 Air intake inhibitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 15
13.05.2015

13.05.2015

Starting/turning off the engine
4.1 Checklists
4.1 Checklists
4.1.1 CHECKLIST: Starting the engine for driving
H
This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying
operating instructions which are indicated by cross-references.
Observe the warnings and safety instructions specified there.
1. Check the coolant level of the engine; à Maintenance manual.
2. Check the oil level in the hydraulic system; à Maintenance manual.
3. Switch on the battery master switch; à p. 4 - 6.
s
13.05.2015

4.1 Checklists
4. Check that all emergency stop switch has been reset; à p. 4 - 14.
5. Check the oil level in the engine and gearbox; à Maintenance manual.
6. Check that the parking brake is engaged.
7. Switch on the ignition and check the instruments and displays;

àp. 4 - 6.
8. Where necessary, set the brightness and time/date on the display;

– à Display – setting the brightness, p. 4 - 7,
– à Entering the time/date, p. 9 - 42.
9. Check the fuel level; à p. 4 - 5.

13.05.2015

4.1 Checklists
10. Shift the transmission to the neutral position; à p. 5 - 9.
11. If the all-terrain crane has a suction air pre-heating system, wait until
the lamp goes out; à p. 4 - 9.
12. Start the engine; à p. 4 - 8.
13. Conduct the necessary checks after starting the engine; à p. 4 - 10.
14. In the event of low outside temperatures; à CHECKLIST: At low tem-

peratures, p. 4 - 4.
13.05.2015

4.1 Checklists
4.1.2 CHECKLIST: At low temperatures
You must also observe the following points when operating the all-terrain
crane in low outside temperatures:
1. The fuel and engine oil must be suited for use in the outside tempera-
ture in question; à Separate engine operating instructions, provided by the
manufacturer.
2. The engine coolant must contain sufficient antifreeze; à Separate

engine operating instructions, provided by the manufacturer.
3. The windscreen washing system must contain sufficient antifreeze;

àMaintenance manual.
4.1.3 Access ladders
The access ladders are firmly attached.
There are access ladders

1 On the sides
2 Front and back
13.05.2015

4.1 Checklists
4.1.4 Refuel
Only use permissible consumables; à Separate engine operating instructions,

provided by the manufacturer.
G
Danger of fire due to inflammable gases
Switch off the engine, the heater and all additional heaters before refuel-
ling.
G
Risk of accidents if the tank is not closed
Close the tank each time you have refilled it.
In this way you can prevent other vehicles from being endangered by the
cap falling off or consumables escaping.
S
Risk of damage to the engine and catalytic converter
Unauthorised consumables can damage the engine and catalytic converter
and void the warranty. Only use consumables approved by the engine
manufacturer.
The display (1) indicates the current fill level in

per cent. 100% corresponds to approx. 225 l.
The level indicator changes colour depending

on the fill level:
Green: Over 10% – over 22.5 l
Yellow: 5 to 10% – 11.3 to 22.5 l
Red: Below 5% – less than 11.3 l
• Refill the fuel in due time, and close the tank

(2) with the lid. Leave sufficient space for the
fuel to be able to expand.
13.05.2015

4.1 Checklists
4.1.5 Checks before starting the engine
Battery master You can only start the engine when the battery master switch is switched
switch on.
• Switch on the battery master switch (1) –
horizontal position.
4.1.6 Switching on the ignition
• Insert the ignition key into the ignition lock and turn the key to position I.
After switching on the ignition, a lamp test is performed and switching
states are checked.
13.05.2015

4.1 Checklists
4.1.7 Display – setting the brightness
The brightness of the displays is regulated automatically by the CCS,

depending on the ambient brightness. You can set a minimum degree of
brightness manually, which is always observed when the brightness is reg-
ulated.
• Open the Settings (1) submenu.
• Select the symbol (1).

• Confirm the selection.
An arrow appears above and below the dis-
play (2).
• Set the desired minimum brightness.
The brightness of the display changes while
setting and you can view the set value (0 to
100%) on the display (2) or (3).
The brightness set here is the minimum value
for automatic regulation.
H
There is no automatic regulation if you set the brightness to 100%.
The displays then always show maximum brightness.
You can cancel the entry at any time using the (1) or (2) buttons. The settings
are then reset.
If the temperature on the display is too high, the brightness is reduced auto-
matically – lamp (1) lights up.
13.05.2015
When the temperature falls, the specified brightness is restored – lamp (1)
goes out.

4.1 Checklists
4.1.8 Starting the engine
Refer to the separate operating manual provided by the engine manufac-

turer for operating the engine.
S
Danger of explosion when using starter fuel
The engine may never be started with the aid of starter fuel. The starter fuel
sprayed into the suction unit can ignite.
• Check that the vehicle parking brake is locked.

The symbol (1) is displayed in red when the parking brake is engaged.
• Select neutral on the transmission; à p. 5 - 9.

Only in this shift position can the engine be started.
Without suction This section pertains to starting a warm and cold engine.
air pre-heating
S
• Do not press the accelerator.

• Turn the ignition key to position 3 and hold it there until the engine starts.
• Let go of the ignition key after the engine starts.
• If the engine does not start, release the ignition key after about 15 seconds
and wait one minute before trying again.
13.05.2015
à Malfunctions on the
H
If the engine does not start after multiple attempts;
engine, p. 6 - 17.

4.1 Checklists
With suction air The suction air pre-heating system warms the suction air of the engine.
pre-heating This section pertains to starting a warm and cold engine.
S
The suction air pre-heating system is activated each time the ignition is
turned on:
– If the engine is hot, the symbol is grey.
– If the engine is cold, the symbol is red. As soon as the suction air is pre-
heated (takes up to 20 seconds), the symbol turns grey.
Start the engine within the next 30 seconds; otherwise, you must switch
on the ignition again and wait until the symbol becomes grey.
H
If the symbol does not turn grey, there is a malfunction in the suction air pre-
heating system; refer to Manitowoc Crane Care.
• Wait until the symbol is grey.
• Do not press the accelerator.
• Turn the ignition key to position 3 and hold it there until the engine starts.
• Let go of the ignition key after the engine starts.
If the engine does not start, release the ignition key after about 15 seconds
and wait one minute before trying again.
If the engine does not start after multiple attempts; à Malfunctions on the
H engine, p. 6 - 17.
13.05.2015

4.1 Checklists
4.1.9 Checks after starting the engine
Checks in the
start menu
• In the start menu, check the symbols (1)

and (2):
– Symbols (1) – when a symbol is red;
à Monitoring elements, p. 4 - 11.
– Symbols (2) – when a symbol is red;
à Procedure during malfunctions, p. 6 - 22.
13.05.2015

4.1 Checklists
4.1.10 Monitoring elements
CCS display
Engine speed display
1 Green: Economic consumption
1 Yellow: Engine brake active
1 Red: Engine speed too high – danger;
à Inspections when driving downhill, p. 5 - 16
2 Display speed in RPM
Fuel level display
1 Green: Fuel level more than 10%

1 Red: Fuel level less than 10%
2 Fuel supply in per cent
Never run the fuel tank completely dry; always refuel in time; à p. 4 - 5.
If the fuel tank is almost empty, air can be sucked in and the fuel system
must be bled; à Maintenance manual.
Coolant temperature display
1 Green: Coolant temperature normal

1 Red: Coolant temperature too high
2 Temperature display in degrees Celsius
Cause and remedy; à p. 6 - 17
Voltage display
1 Green: Value OK
1 Yellow: Limit value almost reached
1 Red: Limit value exceeded (or fallen short of)
2 Display voltage in volts
13.05.2015

4.1 Checklists
4.1.11 Setting idling speed
After the engine is started, the idling speed is regulated automatically. If

necessary, you can adjust the idling speed manually.
H
You can only set the idling speed when the all-terrain crane is stationary.
Increasing/reducing the idling speed

• Press the switch (1) up/down until the required engine speed (2) has been
reached.
or
• Press the switch (1) upwards/downwards once. The engine speed (2) is
increased/reduced by 20 rpm.
Switching off the idling speed change:

• Press the switch next to symbol briefly at (1). The idling speed is set auto-
matically.
13.05.2015

4.2 Turning off the engine
G
Risk of accident from unsteerable all-terrain crane
Only turn off the engine once the all-terrain crane is at a standstill. If you
remove the ignition key, the steering will lock and you will lose control of
the moving all-terrain crane.
If the temperature of the coolant is very high, let the engine run for another
one or two minutes at increased idling speed.
• Turn the ignition key to position 0 – the engine will stop.
After turning off If you want to park the all-terrain crane; à p. 5 - 21.
13.05.2015

4.2.1 Using the emergency stop switch
Emergency stop switch

There is an emergency stop switch (1) in the
cab for emergencies.
• Press an emergency stop switch (1). The
switch engages.
The engine is switched off – symbol (2) red.
H
If an air intake inhibitor is present, this is then triggered.
H
Do not operate the emergency stop switch to turn off the engine in normal
operation. Only operate the emergency stop switch in an emergency situa-
tion.
Resetting the You can only restart the engine after you have reset the emergency stop
emergency stop switch.
switch
• Switch off the ignition.
• Turn the actuated emergency stop switch (1) until it disengages again.
Once the ignition is switched on, the symbol (2) is grey.
If an air intake inhibitor is fitted, it must be loosened; à Releasing the air
13.05.2015
intake inhibitor, p. 4 - 15.

4.3 Air intake inhibitor

If the air intake inhibitor is triggered, a flap in the air intake line will close
and the engine will stop running. The air intake inhibitor is triggered,
– if an emergency stop switch is actuated or
– when the maximum permissible engine speed is exceeded. In this case,
the symbol (1) will turn red. The symbol stays red until the ignition has
been turned off.
The engine can only be restarted after the air intake inhibitor has been
released.
Releasing the air The following requirements must be met in order to release the air intake
intake inhibitor inhibitor:
– The ignition is switched off.
– The emergency stop switch is reset.
The indicator (2) shows the current state of the

air intake inhibitor (1).
(A) – The indicator (2) is in the Closed position.

(B) – Turn the indicator (2) clockwise until it
engages into the Released position.
You can close the air intake inhibitor manually

with the lever (3).
13.05.2015

Blank page
13.05.2015

5
5 Driving
5.1 Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1
5.1.1 CHECKLIST: Checks before on-road driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1
5.1.2 Check the condition of the all-terrain crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 5
5.1.3 Adjusting the seat and the steering column. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 7
5.1.4 Displaying and resetting operating hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 8
5.2 Operating the transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 9
5.2.1 Switching the transmission to neutral position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 9
5.2.2 Select direction of travel and drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 10
5.2.3 Driving and changing gears. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 11
5.2.4 Changing the driving direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 12
5.2.5 Stopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 12
5.2.6 Preheating transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 13
5.3 Driving and turning off the all-terrain crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 14
5.3.1 Checks while driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 14
5.3.2 Driving downhill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 15
5.3.3 Driving uphill. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 17
5.3.4 Warnings and information in the start menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 18
5.3.5 Turning off the all-terrain crane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 21
5.4 Off-road driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 23
5.4.1 Switching the transverse differential locks on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 24
5.4.2 Switching the all-wheel drive on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 25
5.4.3 Swing axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 25
5.4.4 Freeing an immobilized all-terrain crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 26
5.5 Separate steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 28
5.5.1 Switching to separate steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 28
5.6 Heating and air-conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 30
5.6.1 Switching engine preheating on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 30
13.05.2015

13.05.2015

Driving
5.1 Before driving
5 Driving
5.1 Before driving
5.1.1 CHECKLIST: Checks before on-road driving
H
1. – All telescopic sections are interlocked; the telescoping cylinder is

locked with telescopic section I.
– The superstructure is located in the 0° position to the front.
– The slewing gear is switched off; à p. 9 - 92.
– The superstructure is locked.
2. On the outriggers
– All outrigger beams are fully retracted;à p. 10 - 19.
– The outrigger pads are in the driving position; à p. 10 - 23.
3. The slewable spotlight is turned downwards (if present); à p. 9 - 97.
4. Air traffic control light is dismantled; à p. 10 - 52.

s
13.05.2015

Driving
5.1 Before driving
5. Check the tyres:

– Tyre pressure when tyres are cold in on-road mode; à p. 1 - 11.
– Other checks; à Maintenance manual.
6. Windscreen washing system – check level; à Maintenance manual.
7. Carry out an inspection of the all-terrain crane, looking out in particular

for any leaking fluids (oil, fuel or water).
8. All additional parts which may be transported are secured against fall-
ing down.
9. Carry out all activities and inspections required for starting the engine;
à CHECKLIST: Starting the engine for driving, p. 4 - 1.
10. Switch on ignition; à p. 4 - 6.

13.05.2015

Driving
5.1 Before driving
11. Adjust the seat; à p. 5 - 7.
12. Adjust the steering column; à p. 5 - 7.
13. Adjust the mirror, for driving; à p. 5 - 5.
14. Start the engine and carry out all inspections; à Checks after starting the
engine, p. 4 - 10.
15. Check the electrical system; à p. 5 - 5.
16. Check the fuel reserve; à p. 4 - 5.

s
13.05.2015

Driving
5.1 Before driving
17. All crane functions are switched off; à p. 8 - 51.
18. Check that all switching states for on-road driving are set, and that the
corresponding symbols are shown:
– Transverse differential locks switched off; à p. 5 - 24,
– Separate steering switched off; à p. 5 - 29,
– All-wheel drive switched off; à p. 5 - 25.
13.05.2015

Driving
5.1 Before driving
5.1.2 Check the condition of the all-terrain crane
Electrical system • Check the following functions and arrange for faulty parts to be repaired:
– Parking light/headlight, marker lights
– Hazard warning system
– Brake lights
– Reversing lamp/buzzer
– Turn signal indicators
– Windscreen wipers
– Windscreen washing system
– Horn.
Adjusting Adjust all the mirrors manually to suit your sitting position.
the mirrors
For driving
– Mirror (1) and (4)
For crane operation
– Mirror (2) and (3)
s
13.05.2015

Driving
5.1 Before driving
Parking brake Check the function of the parking brake.
• Activate the service brake.
G
Risk of accident by all-terrain crane moving unintentionally
Always apply the service brake before releasing the parking brake.
This prevents the all-terrain crane from rolling in an uncontrolled manner
when the parking brake is released.
• Release the parking brake.

If the battery power is sufficient, the parking brake is released and the
symbol (1) is grey.
13.05.2015

Driving
5.1 Before driving
5.1.3 Adjusting the seat and the steering column
Seat You can make adjustments to suit your body size and shape.
Settings for body size

1 Seat – longitudinal adjustment without
control consoles
2 Seat – longitudinal adjustment,
with control consoles
3 Back rest – inclination
4 Control panel left – height
5 Control panel right – height
Steering column You can adjust the inclination of the steering column. To carry out the
adjustment, the lever (1) must be released/locked.
G
Risk of accident by unlocked steering column
Always stop the all-terrain crane before you unlock the steering column.
You can no longer steer safely after unlocking the steering column.
• Release – turn the handle (1) in direction A.

• Bring the steering column into the desired
position.
• Lock – turn the handle (1) in direction B.
13.05.2015

Driving
5.1 Before driving
5.1.4 Displaying and resetting operating hours
You can view the total operating hours for all power units in the Operating
hours submenu. You can also delete the recorded operating hours.
The total operating hours cannot be deleted.
• Open the Operating hours (1) submenu.
Displays
The operating hours are recorded as follows:
– The value (1) indicates the total operating
hours, e.g. 1680 hours
– The value (2) shows the operating hours,
which can be reset.
Reset
The displayed operating hours (2) can be
reset.
• Enter the keycode in the fields (1) and con-
firm with (2).
You can perform the following actions for
power units:
– select individually (3)
– select all (4).
• Reset the selected operating hours with but-
ton (5) or (6).
13.05.2015

Driving
5.2 Operating the transmission

Direction of travel and starting gear are selected manually.
5.2.1 Switching the transmission to neutral position
The engine can only be started if the transmission is in neutral.
G
Risk of accident when switching on while driving
If you switch the transmission to neutral position while driving, the drive
line will be interrupted. This means that the all-terrain crane can no longer
be accelerated (e.g. in obstacle avoidance manoeuvres).
G
Risk of accident from rolling all-terrain crane
Always apply the parking brake or the service brake before you switch to
the neutral position. This prevents the all-terrain crane from rolling away
unintentionally.
S
Risk of damage to the transmission
When stationary for a longer period (e.g. in a traffic jam or at a train cross-
ing), always switch the gear to neutral.
This avoids excessive wear on the gear components.
• Switching to neutral position.

The neutral position is selected if the gearshift lever (1) is in position N. The
symbol (2) is shown on the CCS display.
13.05.2015

Driving
5.2.2 Select direction of travel and drive
Before driving at temperatures below –20 °C; à p. 5 - 13.

The following requirements must be met before selecting the driving direc-
tion:
– the all-terrain crane is stationary;
– the parking brake is applied;
– the accelerator is not pressed.
• Start the engine; à p. 4 - 8.
G
Risk of accidents from uncontrolled starting
When you press the accelerator, the clutch is engaged immediately after
the start-up gear is (automatically) selected, and the all-terrain crane will
start to move.
To start moving, you have to:

– Apply the service brake,
– release the parking brake,
– select a gear,
– release the service brake and step on the accelerator (starts clutching).
• In order to
– for forwards in position F I; – forwards.
– for reverse in position R I; – reverse. An acoustic signal is given with
additional equipment.
G
Risk posed by unexpected rolling!
Also apply the parking brake before starting on sloping ground. The gear
will only be engaged after you step on the accelerator. This can lead to the
all-terrain crane starting to move (also backwards) while you are moving
your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.
13.05.2015

Driving
5.2.3 Driving and changing gears
• When driving, always leave the gearshift lever in the position for the cur-
rent driving direction, e.g. in position F for forward travel.
G
Risk of accident when changing while driving
If you change over to a position while driving which deviates from the cur-
rent driving direction, the transmission shifts to the neutral position. In this
position, you cannot accelerate the all-terrain crane, even in an emergency,
and the engine retarder does not work.
The gears only switch if the gearshift lever is activated.
Upshifting
The gearshift lever must be turned to upshift:
1 – 1st gear F1
2 – 2nd gear F2
3 – 3rd gear F3
4 The relevant engaged gear is shown in the CCS start menu.
Downshifting
To downshift, the gearshift lever must be turned in the opposite direction.
13.05.2015

Driving
5.2.4 Changing the driving direction
S
Risk of damage to the transmission
Always stop the all-terrain crane when changing the driving direction and
move the gearshift lever to the neutral position.
This avoids damage and excessive wear on the gear components.
• Stop the all-terrain crane.

• Secure the all-terrain with the service brake.
• Switch to neutral position N.
• Shift to the position for the opposite direction.
The newly engaged gear will be shown in the display.
5.2.5 Stopping
• In order to stop, remove your foot from the accelerator and actuate the
brake pedal.
The transmission decouples shortly before the vehicle comes to a halt. The
current gear remains engaged.
Stopping for a If you stop for more than 1 to 2 minutes with the engine running, you need
long period of to perform the following to preserve the coupling:
time – Apply the parking brake
– Shift the transmission to neutral position.
13.05.2015

Driving
5.2.6 Preheating transmission
When the outside temperature is between –20 °C and –25 °C, the gear oil
must be preheated before you start driving the all-terrain crane.
Let the engine run at idling speed for at least 10 minutes before you start
driving.
13.05.2015

Driving
5.3 Driving and turning off the all-terrain crane
G
Risk of accident from unsteerable all-terrain crane
Never switch off the ignition or remove the ignition key while the all-terrain
crane is moving!
In this way you prevent the steering from locking and do not lose control of
the moving all-terrain crane.
5.3.1 Checks while driving
Immediately after • Check the service and parking brakes for correct functioning immediately
you start to move after starting out.
• Check the CCS display to see if all symbols
(5) are grey.
If a symbol is shown in red; à Malfunctions
in driving mode, p. 6 - 1.
• Also note the displays for fuel level (1), bat-
tery power (2), speed (3) and coolant tem-
perature (4).
13.05.2015

Driving
5.3.2 Driving downhill
G
Risk of accident when driving in neutral position
Never switch into neutral position while driving.
The all-terrain crane can speed up in neutral position.
Starting The engine must be running.
To start moving forwards you must do the following:

– Apply the service brake
– Shift into F position
– Release the parking and service brakes
– Apply the accelerator if you wish to accelerate
– Do not apply the accelerator if you wish to brake with the engine.
H
When the all-terrain crane starts to move forwards in neutral position you
can still switch to position F. A gear is engaged and the engine brake power
is effective.
G
Danger when starting in reverse
Always hold the all-terrain crane with the parking brake until the gears have
engaged when starting to reverse. If the all-terrain crane starts rolling
before (when changing from brake pedal to accelerator), no gear will be
engaged, and you can only stop the all-terrain crane by braking.
To start moving backwards you must do the following:

– Shift into R position
– Release the parking and service brakes
– Actuate the accelerator.
s
13.05.2015

Driving
Inspections when While driving, the engine speed may not exceed 3,750 rpm. The engine
driving downhill speed is automatically limited.
S
Risk of damage due to excessive engine speed
Shift to a higher gear or slow the all-terrain crane down when the maxi-
mum permissible engine speed has been reached.
This prevents damage to the engine or transmission.
• Check the current speed on the tachometer while driving.

• Brake the all-terrain crane before the speed exceeds 3,750 rpm (min–1).
When driving downhill, you can also slow down the all-terrain crane by
downshifting, in addition to using the service brake;à p. 5 - 16.
Downshifting To increase the braking force of the engine, you can select a lower gear.
• Turn the gearshift lever back by one position.

While doing so, ensure that the permissible engine speed is not exceeded.
13.05.2015

Driving
5.3.3 Driving uphill
Starting The engine must be running.
G
Danger of the truck crane starting to roll in an unexpected direction
Always hold the all-terrain crane with the parking brake until the gears have
engaged when starting to move forwards. If the all-terrain crane starts roll-
ing before (when changing from brake pedal to accelerator), no gear will be
engaged, and you can only stop the all-terrain crane by braking.
To start moving forwards you must do the following:

– Shift into F position
– Apply the parking brake
– Release the service brake
– Press the accelerator
– Release the parking brake after coupling.
To start moving backwards you must do the following:

– Shift into R position
– Apply the parking brake
– Press the accelerator
– Release the parking brake after coupling
13.05.2015

Driving
5.3.4 Warnings and information in the start menu
A warning message indicates that certain values do not correspond to a tar-

get value.
The symbols (1) to (5) are shown in the CCS

start menu.
If a warning message is generated, the
symbols (2), or part of the symbols are shown
in red.
Meaning of the symbols

The colour of the symbols indicates whether a
warning message is active in the correspond-
ing area.
– Symbol is grey – no warning message.

– Symbol is red – warning message.
Perform the following checks a symbol is dis-
played in red.
S
Risk of damage if warning messages are not observed!
Observe the following information in good time and take the appropriate
remedial measures if a warning message appears. In this way, you can pre-
vent these malfunctions from causing malfunctions on the all-terrain crane.
Fuel gauge
The fuel tank is almost empty.
Refuel before the fuel is used up; à p. 4 - 5.
If the fuel tank is almost empty, air will be sucked in and you will have to
bleed the fuel system; à Maintenance manual.
Voltage monitoring
The voltage in the carrier electrical system is too high or too low.
Current voltage display; à p. 4 - 11.
13.05.2015

Driving
Engine speed is too high

The engine speed is too high.
• Always monitor the current speed while driving or operating the crane.
Coolant temperature too high

• Allow the engine to cool down.
• Immediately top up the coolant so that the engine does not overheat;
à Maintenance manual.
Engine malfunction
Open the Errors submenu for more information à p. 6 - 20.
Possible cause and solution; à p. 6 - 18.
Hydraulic oil too hot

The hydraulic oil is hotter than 88 °C.
Current temperature display; à p. 4 - 11.
S
Danger of overheating
There is a fault if the hydraulic oil temperature exceeds 88 °C . Stop the
truck crane at the next opportunity and try to find the cause.
Stop the truck crane immediately and turn off the vehicle engine if the tem-
perature of the hydraulic oil rises to over 100 °C.
s
13.05.2015

Driving
Gear oil too hot

• Stop the all-terrain crane immediately and switch to neutral position. Wait
until the display has gone out.
Supply pressure in the brake circuit too low

• Stop the all-terrain crane immediately and identify the cause.
System error
• If the lamp continues to light up, switch off the ignition and switch it back
on after 15 seconds; notify Manitowoc Crane Care; à p. 12 - 21.
Replace hydraulic oil filter

Replace the appropriate hydraulic oil filter as quickly as possible;
à Maintenance manual.
Drive train malfunction

• Check the drive chain for damage and leaks.
Supply pressure in the steering too low

• Check the steering for damage and leaks.
13.05.2015

Driving
5.3.5 Turning off the all-terrain crane
To turn off the all-terrain crane, you must:
1. Stop the all-terrain crane

2. Apply the parking brake
3. Switch to neutral position; à p. 5 - 9
4. Turn off the engine; à p. 4 - 13
Securing against The number of wheel chocks supplied varies according to country.
rolling away
G
Secure the all-terrain crane on uphill and downhill roads by using wheel
chocks together with the parking brake.
Transport in the compartment

• Place the chock in the compartment for trav-
elling on roads.
(A) – Folding out
• Press the locking bar (1) through the
bore (2).
The chock folds out by spring force.
(B) – Folding up
Press the chock together until the locking
bar (1) engages in the bore (2).
s
13.05.2015

Driving
When stationary • Switch off all current consumers, e.g. auxiliary heaters.
for more than
• Switch off the engine.
8 hours
H
In order to prevent malfunctions, you should only switch off the battery
master switch when the engine has been switched off.
• Switch off the battery master switch.
Securing the all-terrain crane against unauthorised use

• Secure the all-terrain crane against unauthorised use by:
– removing the ignition key
– locking the cab.
13.05.2015

Driving
5.4 Off-road driving

This section describes adjustments, connections and procedures for adapt-
ing the all-terrain crane handling to off-road conditions.
Connections For driving off-road the following are possible:

– switch on the transverse differential locks; à p. 5 - 24.
– switch in the all-wheel drive; à p. 5 - 25.
Rocking the If the all-terrain crane is stuck in terrain; à Freeing an immobilized all-terrain
vehicle free and crane, p. 5 - 26.
towing
13.05.2015

Driving
5.4.1 Switching the transverse differential locks on/off
The transverse differential locks prevent individual wheels from spinning

when driving on a slippery surface.
S
Risk of damage to the differential locks
Leave the transverse differential locks switched on only for as long as nec-
essary. Always switch off the transverse differential locks before driving on
a firm surface.
Prerequisites
• Straighten the steering.
• Switch on the all-wheel drive first of all; à Switching the all-wheel drive on/
off, p. 5 - 25.
H
The transverse differential locks can only be switched on if the all-wheel
drive is switched on.
Switching on
• Press and hold button (1) at the top until symbol (2) turns green.
Switching off
• Release the button (1) – symbol (2) grey.
13.05.2015

Driving
5.4.2 Switching the all-wheel drive on/off
The all-wheel drive increases the drive when travelling on slippery surfaces.
Prerequisites
• Straighten the steering.
Switching on
• Press the switch (1) at the top – symbol (2) green.
Switching off
• Press the switch (1) down at the bottom – symbol (2) grey.
5.4.3 Swing axle
The rear axle of the all-terrain crane is pivoted. This increases the traction
on uneven terrain.
For crane operation, the swing axle is automatically blocked if the super-
structure is moved from the centre by more than +/– 3°.
13.05.2015

Driving
5.4.4 Freeing an immobilized all-terrain crane
Rocking an all- If the all-terrain crane is stuck in terrain, you can try to free it by driving back
terrain crane free and forth (rocking it free):
If you are trying to rock the crane free, you should switch on the transverse
differential locks and the longitudinal differential lock.
• Switch to gear position F or R.
• Select a smaller starting gear with the switch lever.
• Start driving as far as you can as high as possible.
• Use the gearshift lever to select a gear in the opposite direction of travel.
• Start driving, again, as far as possible.
• Repeat driving and letting the all-terrain crane roll back until it has rocked
itself free.
13.05.2015

Driving
Towing free • Fasten a steel rope to the front towbar coupling.

forwards
S
Risk of damage to the chassis
Only tow the all-terrain crane free while observing the procedure given for
the pulling direction.
Jerking the truck crane or pulling it at an angle can cause damage to the
chassis.
The front towbar coupling is designed for a maximum tensile force of

100 kN (approx. 10 t), when:
– The direction of pull runs forward along the longitudinal axle or at an
angle of 45° to the right or left of the longitudinal axle and
– The direction of pull runs along the longitudinal axle towards the rear
without diverting up or down.
Towing free in • Fasten a steel rope to one of the towing eyes on the rear chassis wall
reverse gear using a shackle on a towing eye.
S
Only tow the all-terrain crane free while observing the procedure given for
the pulling direction. Otherwise the chassis may be damaged or the towing
eyes may be torn off or bend.
The towing eyes on the vehicle tail or the ROB are designed for a maximum
tensile force of 75 kN (approx. 7.5 t) when:
– The direction of pull runs along the level of the longitudinal axle and
– The direction of pull runs along the longitudinal axle towards the rear
without diverting up or down.
13.05.2015

Driving
5.5 Separate steering

With the separate steering, the wheels of the 2nd axle line can be steered
separately. There are two steering possibilities.
– Driving around corners:

When the separate steering is switched on, the wheels of the 2nd axle line
can be moved in the opposite direction to the 1st axle line – the turning
circle gets smaller.
– Crab travel mode:

When separate steering is switched on, the all-terrain crane drives side-
ways if you turn the wheels of the 1st and 2nd axle lines in the same direc-
tion.
5.5.1 Switching to separate steering
Always switch to separate steering when

– Driving with the rigged all-terrain crane
– Steering at low speed
You can only change over to separate steering when the current speed is
below approx. 5 km/h.
G
Risk of accident when driving on-road with unlocked steering
After driving with separate steering, change over immediately to normal
steering. The locking status for normal steering mode is only restored if the
symbol for non-centred steering has gone out.
G
Risk of accidents during on-road driving with the separate steering
switched on!
Only switch on the separate steering at low speeds. This helps prevent the
all-terrain crane going out of control due to uncontrolled steering move-
13.05.2015
ments.

Driving
• Press and hold the button for the desired steering angle.
– To turn to the right: • Press the button at (1).
– To turn to the left: • Press the button at (2).
The symbol (1) is displayed in yellow if the separate steering is switched on.
H
Only drive at low speeds with the separate steering switched on.
(A) – for steering around corners

• Steer the 1st axle line with the steering
wheel (1).
• Steer the 2nd axle line in the opposite direc-
tion with the button (2).
(B) – for steering in crab travel mode

• Steer the 1st axle line with the steering
wheel (1).
• Steer the 2nd axle line in the same direction
with the button (2).
Switching to nor- Switching off the separate steering is possible during standstill and while
mal steering mode travelling, up to a speed of approx. 5 km/h.
• Steer the 2nd axle line straight on with the button (1) – symbol (2) grey.
• Release button (1).
13.05.2015

Driving
5.6 Heating and air-conditioning system

à Standard heating system, p. 9 - 112
à Air-conditioning system, p. 9 - 114
5.6.1 Switching engine preheating on/off
The engine preheating can be used to pre-heat the engine in low outside
temperatures.
Switching on
• Open the flap (1) and remove the cable (2).
• Connect the cable (2) to a power source.
Switching off
• Disconnect the cable (2) from the power
source.
• Put away the cable (2) and close the flap (1).
13.05.2015

6
6.1 Emergency stop switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1
6.2 What to do when a malfunction occurs in road traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 3
6.3 Towing the all-terrain crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 5

6.3.1 Towing after engine/transmission damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 6
6.3.2 Tow starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 8
6.4 Other emergency operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 9
6.4.1 Externally starting the all-terrain crane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 9
6.4.2 Battery charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 9
6.5 Wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 11
6.5.1 Wheel change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 11
6.6 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 14
6.7 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 17
6.7.1 Malfunctions on the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 17
6.7.2 Malfunctions in the transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 18
6.7.3 Malfunctions of the steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 18
6.7.4 Malfunctions in the hydraulic system/hydraulic oil cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 18
6.7.5 Malfunctions CCS carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 19
6.7.6 Submenu error engine and transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 20
6.8 Procedure during malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 22
6.8.1 Procedure during engine malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 22
6.8.2 Procedure during transmission malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 23
6.8.3 Procedure in the event of malfunctions on the service brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 23
6.8.4 Procedure in the event of steering malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 24
13.05.2015

13.05.2015

Malfunctions in driving mode
6.1 Emergency stop switch
There is an emergency stop switch in the cab

for emergencies.
• Press the emergency switch (1) so that it
engages – symbol (2) red.
The engine shuts down.
After activating an emergency stop switch;
à Resetting the emergency stop switch, p. 4 - 14.
H
The battery master switch cannot be used as an emergency stop switch for
the engine. The engine continues to run after the battery master switch has
been switched off.
13.05.2015

Blank page
13.05.2015

6.2 What to do when a malfunction occurs in road traffic

If the all-terrain crane can no longer be driven due to an accident or another
malfunction, observe the following:
• Keep calm.
• Stop the all-terrain crane. Observe the traffic behind you.
• Stop at a place safe for you and for the traffic behind you.
G
Risk of accident due to poor visibility
If possible, do not stop in a tunnel or directly after a curve.
• Secure the all-terrain crane in compliance with the legal regulations appli-
cable in the country in which you are working.
G
Risk of accident during repair work in danger areas
Even simple repairs in danger areas can be dangerous (e.g. tunnels, inter-
sections, motorway bridges).
When in a danger area, only carry out the repair work required to leave the
danger area.
If you are unable to repair the damage yourself, notify Manitowoc Crane
Care or have the all-terrain crane towed; à
Towing the all-terrain crane,
p. 6 - 5.
13.05.2015

Blank page
13.05.2015

6.3 Towing the all-terrain crane

Observe the following when towing the all-terrain crane:
– The all-terrain crane may only be towed away with a tow-rod. Attach the
tow-rod to the front tow-rod coupling.
– Be sure to observe the statutory regulations of the country in which
you are working concerning the overall length of the towing and towed
vehicle, including tow-rod
– If the engine, steering and service brake still work, you can tow the all-ter-
rain crane with a lorry.
– If the engine, steering or service brake no longer function properly, the all-
terrain crane must be towed with a special breakdown truck.
The front towing coupling is designed for a maximum tensile force of 10 t.
Tensile force may only be applied forward or at an angle of 45° to both sides
of the longitudinal axis of the all-terrain crane.
13.05.2015

6.3.1 Towing after engine/transmission damage
The following information only applies to towing the truck crane out of the
immediate danger area in the event of damage to the engine or transmis-
sion.
S
Risk of accident and damage when towing the truck crane long distances
Tow the all-terrain crane at a maximum speed of 10 km/h and a maximum
distance of 1 km. Additional measures must be taken for longer distances,
refer to Manitowoc Crane Care.
G
Before releasing the parking brake mechanically, the all-terrain crane must
be secured against rolling away with chocks. Before removing the chocks,
the all-terrain crane must be connected to a breakdown truck with a tow-
rod. The parking brake on the breakdown truck must be closed. In this way
you prevent the all-terrain crane from starting to roll in an uncontrolled
manner when the parking brake is released.
Releasing the In the event of an engine failure, the parking brake on the all-terrain crane
parking brake must be mechanically released.
• Secure the all-terrain crane against rolling away with the chocks;
à Turning off the all-terrain crane, p. 5 - 21.
The parking brake is on the gear.
• Unscrew the protective cap (1).
• Loosen the bolts (2) and unscrew the hexa-
gon socket screw (3).
The parking brake is now released and can
also no longer be activated from the cab.
• Attach a note to this effect in the cab. 13.05.2015

Electric power
supply
• Switch on the battery master switch.
• Turn on the ignition.
On the transmis-
sion
• Switch the transmission to neutral position N.
Axle drives
• Do not press the button (1) for the transverse differential lock.
Towing the truck Once you have made all the adjustments as described in this section, you
crane out of the can tow the all-terrain crane away from the danger area.
danger area
• Ensure that the tractor-vehicle only accelerates slowly.
S
a

Starting to tow too quickly or in jolts can damage the chassis.
s
13.05.2015

• Remember that the steering is sluggish.
G
Risk of accident from sluggish steering
The all-terrain crane is barely steerable at speeds under 2 km/h.
• Tow the all-terrain crane at a maximum of 10 km/h.

• Ensure that the towing distance is a maximum of 1 km.
S
Risk of accident and damage when towing the truck crane long distances
Tow the all-terrain crane at a maximum speed of 10 km/h and a maximum
distance of 1 km. Additional measures must be taken for longer distances,
refer to Manitowoc Crane Care.
If the towing distance of max. 1 km is not sufficient to reach a workshop, the

all-terrain crane must be loaded onto a vehicle and transported;
à Transport with transport vehicle, p. 13 - 1.
6.3.2 Tow starting
It is not possible for the all-terrain crane to start towing for transmission rea-
sons.
13.05.2015

6.4 Other emergency operations

If the batteries on the carrier are discharged, you can:
– Externally start the all-terrain crane
– Charge the batteries with a battery charger
6.4.1 Externally starting the all-terrain crane
• Start the engine of the auxiliary vehicle.

• (A) – Connect the cable (1) to the power sup-
ply (24 V) of the auxiliary vehicle.
• Insert the plug (2) in the socket (3).
• Start the engine of the Carrier.
• (B) – Pull the plug (2).
• Close the socket (3).
• Remove the cable (1) from the auxiliary
vehicle.
6.4.2 Battery charger
Connecting
The battery charging unit is located in the bat-
tery box.
• (A) – Connect the cable (1) with the plug (2)
to the socket (3) and to a voltage source.
The battery charger switches on, and the
light (4) on the battery charger indicates the
status:
– Flashing: The battery is being charged
– On: Charging complete
13.05.2015
Disconnecting
• (B) – Remove the cable (1) together with the
plug (2) and close the socket (3).

Blank page
13.05.2015

6.5 Wheels and tyres

This section contains all the information about changing a wheel and about
using the tyre inflator connection.
6.5.1 Wheel change
• If a puncture occurs while driving, stop the truck crane, taking the follow-
ing traffic into account, and secure the all-terrain crane as outlined in the
applicable legal stipulations of the country in which you are working.
• Select an even place, if possible, to change the wheels.
• Only use lifting gear and lifting tackle with sufficient lifting capacity when
changing the wheel; à Dimensions and weights of removable parts, p. 1 - 10.
G
Risk of accident by falling wheel
If you briefly lean a wheel against the all-terrain crane while changing it,
secure it with a rope to prevent it from falling over.
Only move the outriggers when no wheel is leaning against the all-terrain
crane.
• Engage the parking brake. Symbol (1) is red
s
13.05.2015

Removing a • Raise the all-terrain crane with the outriggers until the wheel to be
damaged wheel changed just barely leaves the ground.
G
Risk of accident by falling wheel
When unscrewing the final lug nuts, the wheel can slip off the hub and fall
toward you. Secure the wheel and step back quickly if the wheel begins to
tip.
• Remove the wheel nuts (1) to (10) and remove the damaged wheel.
• Secure the wheel against falling over if you set it down temporarily.
Mounting a wheel • Check whether the bearing surfaces of the wheel rim and hub are clean
(no paint, grease or oil).
• Do not grease the wheel studs!
G
Risk of accident
Check the wheel rim, tyres, lug nuts and wheel studs for damage before
mounting the spare wheel.
Damaged parts may not be mounted.
Mount only the original wheel as listed in the spare parts list or a permitted
wheel of the same size and load bearing capacity.
• Put the wheel on the hub in an upright position.

• Extend or retract the outrigger cylinders until the holes in the wheel rims
are in line with the wheel studs.
• Push the wheel onto the wheel studs. Make sure the threads of the wheel
studs are not damaged.
13.05.2015

• Hand-tighten the lug nuts (1) and (2) to

secure the wheel.
• Tighten the remaining lug nuts.
• Always tighten the lug nuts in the order (1)
to (10).
– First all wheel nuts with 200 Nm
– Then all lug nuts to 400 Nm
– Finally, all lug nuts to 542 Nm
Tighten all lug nuts after 50 km and 150 km
once more to 542 Nm.
13.05.2015

6.6 Fuses
6.6 Fuses
The batteries are in the battery box.
Notes on chang- The positions of the fuses, their designations and which functions are pro-
ing fuses tected by the respective fuses are shown in the following sections.
• Switch off the ignition whenever a fuse has to be replaced.
S
Risk of damage when the ignition is switched on
Switch off the ignition whenever a fuse has to be replaced. This prevents
the new fuse from being damaged by the increased starting current imme-
diately after being installed.
S
Risk of damage by overloading
Replace blown fuses only with new fuses of the same amperage. This pre-
vent parts from being overloaded and damaged or the fuse from being
immediately damaged again.
Notify Manitowoc Crane Care if a fuse with the same amperage fails again
once the ignition is switched on.
S
Risk of fire
Never repair a blown fuse with other electrically conductive materials.
13.05.2015

6.6 Fuses
• Open the battery box.

The following are available:
– the fuses (1) F52 to F56
and under the cover
– the fuses (2) A1 to A10 and D1 to D2.
The following tables show the designations of
the individual fuses, including their amperage
and functions.
Fuses F52 to F56

• Observe the instructions on changing fuses;
à p. 6 - 14.
Designation Amper- Function

age (A)
F52 100 Superstructure central fuse
F53 100 Superstructure central fuse
F54 100 see wiring diagramm
F55 100 Carrier central fuse
F56 125 Carrier central fuse
s
13.05.2015

6.6 Fuses
Fuses A1 to A10

age (A)
A1 20 Battery
A2 30 Ignition
A3 5 CraneStar
A4 5 Diagnosticplug
A5 15 Conrol unit UB 2 MWCCM 11
A6 15 Conrol unit UB 1 MWCCM 11
A7 15 Conrol unit UB 4 MWIOL 31
D1 to D2
age (A)
Power supply control unit Ue MWCCM
D1 5
11 and MWIOL 31
D2 5 24V output MWIOL 31
13.05.2015

6.7 Troubleshooting
6.7 Troubleshooting
6.7.1 Malfunctions on the engine
à Separate engine operating instructions, pro-

H
In addition to this information;
vided by the manufacturer.
.
Malfunction Cause Solution

Engine does Battery master switch is Switch on the battery master
not start – switched off switch; à
p. 4 - 6
Starter does Ignition off à Switching on the ignition,
not turn p. 4 - 6
Transmission not in neutral à Switching the transmission to
position neutral position, p. 5 - 9
Engine does Batteries insufficiently charged Charge the batteries;
not start – à Maintenance manual
Starter turns Fuel tank empty 1. Refuel; à p. 4 - 5
2. Bleed the fuel system;
à Maintenance manual
à Separate engine operating
instructions, provided by the
manufacturer
Air intake inhibitor closed à Releasing the air intake inhibi-
tor, p. 4 - 15
The fuse is defective Replace blown fuses;
à p. 12 - 5
Coolant tempera- Coolant level too low Top up coolant; à Maintenance
ture too high manual
Outer surface of heat Clean the heat exchanger
exchanger dirty
V-belt of coolant pump at Tighten V-belt;
engine loose à Separate engine operating
instructions, provided by the
manufacturer
Engine cannot be Malfunction in the electronics Turn off the engine with the
turned off with emergency stop device;
ignition key à p. 6 - 1
13.05.2015

6.7 Troubleshooting
6.7.2 Malfunctions in the transmission

Transmission only shifts up Gear oil too hot Switch to the neutral posi-
to second gear – the sym- tion and wait until the gear
bol is displayed oil has cooled down
6.7.3 Malfunctions of the steering

Steering wheel hard to Oil level in the hydraulic oil Check hydraulic oil level;
turn, grating noises when tank too low à Maintenance manual
steering
6.7.4 Malfunctions in the hydraulic system/hydraulic oil cooler

Hydraulic oil temperature Hydraulic system under Stop the all-terrain crane
above 88 °C, ventilator in the extreme strain and ambient while taking the traffic situa-
hydraulic oil cooler temperature very high tion into account and run the
engine until the oil has cooled
down
Hydraulic oil temperature Fuse is defective Stop the all-terrain crane
above 88 °C, ventilator in the while taking the traffic situa-
hydraulic oil cooler not run- tion into account, and replace
ning the defective fuse;
à p. 6 - 14.
Temperature sensor in the Have the temperature sensor
hydraulic tank faulty replaced
13.05.2015

6.7 Troubleshooting
6.7.5 Malfunctions CCS carrier
This section contains general malfunctions and malfunctions that generate

an “error” display.
CCS program Always note down the number of the program version after a malfunction
version occurs before notifying Manitowoc Crane Care.
• Where necessary, open the submenu Program version.
The display (1) shows the number of the current program version.
General malfunc- The following table contains information on troubleshooting and possible
tions solutions.

Ignition on – CCS display does Fuse F1/5, F4/6 blown Replace the blown fuse;
activate à p. 12 - 5.
H
If further malfunctions occur, the appropriate error messages are shown in
the CCS display.
13.05.2015

6.7 Troubleshooting
6.7.6 Submenu error engine and transmission
If CCS detects an error, an error symbol (1) is displayed:

Open the Error engine and gears submenu for more information.
• Select and confirm the symbol (1).

This opens the Error engine and gears submenu.
Display of error/total errors

Display (2) shows the error total, and display
(1) shows which error is displayed.
3/5, for example, means:
– Error 3 is shown
– There is a total of 5 errors.
Displaying additional errors
• Select and confirm the symbol (3) or (4) to
show any additional errors.
3 Next error
4 Previous error
s
13.05.2015

6.7 Troubleshooting
Error display
Each error is defined by a symbol (1) and an
error code (3).
The symbol stands for:
1 Engine
2 Gears
The error code (3) is made up of several digits.

• Always note the error code before contact-
ing Manitowoc Crane Care.
Exiting the sub- You can exit the Error engine and gears submenu at any time.
menu
• Press the button (1) or (2) once.
The same menu opens that was open before the Error engine and gears sub-
menu opened.
H
All errors remain saved until you switch off the ignition, even errors that
have since been resolved. All existing errors are treated as new errors and
displayed again after turning on the ignition.
13.05.2015

6.8 Procedure during malfunctions
6.8.1 Procedure during engine malfunctions
The displays when an engine malfunction occurs depend on:

– Whether an engine malfunction has occurred
– Whether a severe engine malfunction has occurred
Engine malfunction
The symbol is red.
• Drive on until you have a chance to stop.
• Stop immediately and switch the engine off.
• If necessary, note the error messages (à p. 6 - 20) and refer to
Manitowoc Crane Care.
G
Risk of damage to the engine
Turn off the engine immediately after stopping the truck crane.
Do not by any means restart the engine. This will prevent serious damage
to the engine.
• If necessary, note the error messages (à p. 6 - 20) and refer to

13.05.2015

6.8.2 Procedure during transmission malfunctions
H
Even if the transmission still shifts, always notify Manitowoc Crane Care.
This avoid situations where another small error could lead to transmission
failure.
Gear malfunction
The symbol is red.
The gear oil is too hot.
• Drive on until you have a chance to stop

• Stop and allow the gear oil to cool down with the engine running.
6.8.3 Procedure in the event of malfunctions on the service brake
Service brake malfunction

The symbol is red.
The pressure for the service brake is not sufficient.
• Run the engine until the symbol is grey.

• Contact Manitowoc Crane Care if the symbol stays red.
13.05.2015

6.8.4 Procedure in the event of steering malfunctions
Steering malfunctions
The symbol is red.
The pressure for the steering is not sufficient.
• Run the engine until the symbol is grey.

If the symbol is still red,
– check the steering system for leaks
or
– contact Manitowoc Crane Care.
13.05.2015

7
7 Index
13.05.2015

13.05.2015

Index
7 Index
H
To avoid making the index unnecessarily long and unclear, we have not
included every single element from the instrument panel.
Those elements, such as switches and buttons, lamps and displays are
described and named in detail in the overviews of chapter 3 and chapter 8
All-Terrain Crane Description.
From there you will as usual be referred to more detailed descriptions of
these elements.
13.05.2015

Index
Blank page
13.05.2015

Index
A Air intake inhibitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 15

Air-conditioning system
In the cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 114
All-terrain crane
Checking the horizontal alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 44
Earthing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 11
Overview of carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 2
Rocking free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 26
Safe distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 44
Securing against rolling away . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 21
Towing free
Forwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 27
Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 27
Turning off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 21
All-wheel drive
Control from the cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 25
Operating elements in the cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 30
Auxiliary hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 51
Lifting and lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 52
Short description of the operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 65
Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 53
Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 51
B Battery master switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 6

Brakes
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 31
Checking for correct functioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 6
Procedure during malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 23
C Cab
Adjusting the mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 5
Air-conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 114
Drying the air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 115
Auxiliary water heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 30
CraneSTAR system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 117
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 36
Operating elements
CCS
Overview of the menu groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 18
Start menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 16
Control lever configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 11
13.05.2015
On steering column/steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 8

On the control panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 9
On the control unit CCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 14
On the control unit RCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 42
On the display CCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 12

Index
On the display RCL

Submenus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 44, 8 - 45
On the side panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 8
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 4, 8 - 4
Rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 35
Side window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 35
Standard heating system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 112
Ventilating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 113
Cab lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 91
Carrier
Charging batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 9
Externally starting the all-terrain crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 9
CCS
Adjusting the brightness of the display – in the cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 7
Operating elements in the cab
In menu for outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 20, 8 - 21
In submenu
Displaying and resetting operating hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 8
In the Active working range limiter menu 8 - 30, 8 - 31, 8 - 32, 8 - 33, 8 - 36, 8
- 37
In the main menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 16
In the Settings submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 14
Operating hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 98
In the Settings submenu, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 34
In the start menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 12
In the submenu Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 38
In the Telescoping menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 24, 8 - 25, 8 - 27, 8 - 28, 8 - 29
In working range limiter submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 31
On the control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 10, 8 - 14
Warnings in the start menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 18
CHECKLIST
At low temperatures
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 4
Checks before on-road driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1
Checks before operating the crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1
Extending the outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 15
Retracting the outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 17
Rigging for crane operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1
Unrigging following crane operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 4
Checks
Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 5
Safety equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 7
Choosing a site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 7
Counterweight
Counterweight sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 29
Slewing with counterweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 29
13.05.2015
Crane operation
CHECKLIST – checks before operating the crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1
Permissible slewing ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 46
Rigging – CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1
Unrigging – CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 4

Index
What to do in the event of malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 3
D Derricking gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 56
Raising and lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 57
Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 58
Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 56
Diagnostics plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 92
Displays during crane operation
Operating hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 98
Displays while driving
Warning message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 18
Documentation supplied . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 15
Questions on documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 16
Driving
At low temperatures – CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 4
Checks before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 5
Checks before driving – CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1
Checks while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 14
Downhill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 15
Off-road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 23
Uphill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 17
What to do in the event of malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 3
Driving with load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 1
Driving with rigged all-terrain crane
After driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 6
Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 3
Driving path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 1
While driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 5
E Earthing
Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 11
The all-terrain crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 11
Earthing the load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 11
Electrical system
Checks in the cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 5, 9 - 6
Emergency operation
Telescoping mechanism
Emergency operation for retracting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 29
Checks before emergency operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 29
Performing mechanical emergency operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 30
13.05.2015
Procedures for retracting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 29

Entering the telescope status after emergency operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 40
Telescoping emergency programme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 32
Emergency stop devices

Index
For the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 14

For crane operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 1
For driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1
Engine
Control in the cab
Checking after starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 10
Checking the fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 5
Inspections before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 6
Monitoring elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 11
Resetting the emergency stop switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 14
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 8
Engine preheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 30
Operation
Start for driving – CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1
start for driving – CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 - 2
Preheating
Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 30
Setting idling speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 12
Turning off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 13
Engine for crane operation
Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 8
Engine for driving
Air intake inhibitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 15
Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 17
Refuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 5
F Final drive
For driving
Switching on the ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 6
Fuel tank
Standard tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 5
Fuses
On the carrier
In the battery box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 14
In the cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 5
G Gears
13.05.2015
Control in the cab

Changing gears while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 11
Changing the driving direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 12
Selecting the driving direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 10

Index
Starting at extremely low temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 13

Stopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 12
Switching to neutral position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 9
H Heating system
Cab
Standard heating system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 112
High-speed mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 85
Derricking gear/telescoping mechanism high-speed mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 85
High-speed mode for hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 86
Hoist rope
Checking the position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 6
Positioning and reeving in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 38
Possible reevings on the main boom
With 5 head sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 43
Rope end clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 36
Unreeving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 41
Hook block
Attaching at the front on the holding rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 32
Lifting at the front from the holding rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 31
Picking up from a separate vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 33
Placing on a separate vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 33
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 33
Houselock
I Inclination indicator
Inclination indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 27
Information
Conversion table for US measuring units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 25
For operations planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 24
Notes on the operating instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 17
Installing/removing the air traffic control light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 52
K Keys
13.05.2015
Door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 37
Fuel tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 37
Ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 37

Index
L Ladders and access ladders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 4

Lifting limit switch
Boom top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 49
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 46
Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 50
Removing the lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 51
Lighting
Air traffic control light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 91
Cab lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 34, 8 - 91
Hazard warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 33
Headlight check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 34
Parking light/headlight – full beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 33
Rotating beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 91
Swinging the spotlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 91
Switching on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 33
Turn signal indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 33
Worklight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 91
M Main boom
Lowering to the horizontal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 59
Main boom configuration submenu
In the Telescoping menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 25
Main hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 48
Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 50
Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 49
Malfunctions
CCS carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 19
Crane control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 15
CraneStar system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 23
Derricking gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 10
During crane operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 3
Engine
In driving mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 17
Engine for crane operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 8
Gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 18
Hydraulic system, carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 18
Main hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 9
Outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 15
Slewing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 13
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 18
Superstructure hydraulic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 14
13.05.2015
Telescoping mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 11
Mirrors, adjusting
For driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 5
Movement combinations

Index
When operating with the main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 92
O Off-road driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 23
Operating elements
In the crane cab – overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 4, 8 - 4
Operating manual
Example of how to use cross-references . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 22
Finding information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 21
Structure of the chapters and pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 19
Symbols used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 17
Outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 15
CHECKLIST – extending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 15
CHECKLIST – retracting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 17
Determining the required ground bearing area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 7
Enlarging the ground bearing area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 24
Extending/retracting outrigger beams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 21
Extending/retracting supporting cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 25
Levelling the all-terrain crane on outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 27
Inclination indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 27
Outrigger pads
Moving into driving position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 23
Moving into working position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 23
Permissible outrigger spans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 18
Setting the outrigger spans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 19
Overview
Operating elements – crane operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1
Operating elements – Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1
P Parking brake
Operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 31
R RCL
Checks before operating the crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 26
Displaying the lifting capacity tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 40
Entering the rigging mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 18
Entering the time/date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 42
Operating elements
In the monitoring submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 46
In the submenu Lifting capacity table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 47
13.05.2015
In the submenu Rigging mode entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 45

On the control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 42
RCL override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 35
RCL pre-warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 32

Index
RCL switch-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 32
Due to error message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 20
Due to overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 32
Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 15
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 15
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 17
Errors submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 21
General malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 16
Refuel
Standard tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 5
Rigging mode
Entering on the RCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 18
Rigging work
Main boom
Attaching the hook block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 32
Picking up the hook block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 31
Picking up the hook block from a separate vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 33
Placing the hook block on a separate vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 33
Outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 15
Rigging for crane operation – CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1
Unrigging following crane operation – CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 4
S Safe distance
From electrical cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 12
To slopes and pits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 10
Safety
Basic safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1
Intended use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1
Notes on transporting persons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 8
Safety equipment
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 7
Separate steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 28
Switching to normal steering mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 29
Switching to separate steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 28
Settings before driving
Adjusting display brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 7
Settings during crane operation
Adjusting the power unit speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 94
Setting the characteristic curves for the control levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 96
Setting the constant idling speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 94
Slewable spotlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 97
Switching units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 95
Slewing gear
13.05.2015
Braking the slewing movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 91

Slew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 89
Slewing gear brake

Index
Engaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 88
Releasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 88
Slewing gear freewheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 91
Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 92
Starting to tow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 8
Steering
Steering column
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 7
Superstructure hydraulic system
Hydraulic oil cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 93
Superstructure lock
Locking/unlocking the turntable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 12
Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 12
Locking points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 12
T Technical data
Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 11
Dimensions and weights of removable parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 10
Dimensions, weights, turning circle radii axle loads of the all-terrain crane . . 1 - 8
Maximum lifting capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 7
Operating speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 14
Superstructure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 13
Telescoping mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 60
Assignment for display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 64
Checks before starting work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 67
Function of the control lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 68
Function of the telescoping pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 69
Main boom fixed length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 65
Main boom intermediate length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 65
Main boom telescoping length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 65
Manual telescoping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 71
Checking the initial position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 71
Locking the telescopic section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 79
Telescoping the telescopic section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 78
Unlocking the telescoping cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 73
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 61
Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 70
Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 68
Telescope status, RCL display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 66
Telescoping process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 61
Telescoping sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 66
13.05.2015
Telescoping the main boom for maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 84

Telescoping the main boom when horizontal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 84
Telescoping with semi-automaton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 80, 9 - 83
Telescoping, CCS display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 78
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 5

Index
After engine/transmission damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 6

Electric power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 7
Releasing the parking brake in the event of an engine failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 6
Towing the truck crane out of the danger area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 7
Towing free
Forwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 27
Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 27
Transmission
Transverse differential lock
Transverse differential locks
While towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 7
W Welding work
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 4
Wheels and tyres
Wheel change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 11
Windscreen wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 33
Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 33
Work break . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 110
In case of short work breaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 110
In case of work breaks of more than 8 hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 111
Working range limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 99
Entering limit values by approaching them
For slewing angles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 104
For the overall height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 103
For working radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 104
Entering limit values manually
For overall height/working radius/slewing angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 106
Opening the working range limiter submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 100
Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 109
Switching monitoring function on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 108
View current settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 100
13.05.2015

Operating manual
3 302 375 en
13.05.2015
Important note
Any type of duplication or excerpt from

this document, also in electronic form, is
not subject to the revision service of
Manitowoc Crane Group Germany GmbH.
© Copyright reserved by
Manitowoc Crane Group Germany GmbH

Industriegelände West
D-26389 Wilhelmshaven, Germany
Tel: [+49] (0) 44 21 294-0
13.05.2015
Fax: [+49] (0) 44 21 294-301

The passing on or duplication of this document as well as the utilisation and disclosure of its contents are prohibited
unless expressly permitted. Infringement will incur liability for compensation. All rights pertaining to registration of patent
or utility model are reserved. The original language of this document is German.

This operating manual is divided into two parts:
Part 1 – Driving
Content overview of Part 2:
8 Operating elements for crane operation

9 Crane operation
10 Rigging work
11 Driving with load
12 Malfunctions during crane operation
13 Transport
14 Index
Chapters 1 to 7 are in Part 1 – Driving
This section alone is not equivalent to complete operating instructions.

The basic safety instructions for crane operation are located
in Section 1, Chapter 2.
13.05.2015

Blank page
13.05.2015

8
8.1 Overview of the operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1
8.1.1 Outside on the all-terrain crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 2
8.1.2 Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 4
8.1.3 Side panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 8
8.1.4 Control panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 9
8.1.5 Control lever configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 11
8.1.6 Control unit CCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 14
8.1.7 Display CCS – Start menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 16
8.1.8 CCS – Overview menu groups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 18
8.1.9 Control unit RCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 42
8.1.10 Display RCL – Submenus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 44
8.1.11 Display RCL – Submenus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 45
8.2 Short description of the operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 48
8.2.1 Definition of positional references . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 48
8.2.2 General rules for buttons and symbols on the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 49
8.2.3 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 50
8.2.4 Seat contact switch and dead man's switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 51
8.2.5 Switching crane functions on/off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 51
8.2.6 Crane control CCS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 52
8.2.7 Outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 59
8.2.8 Inclination indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 62
8.2.9 Main hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 63
8.2.10 Auxiliary hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 65
8.2.11 Slewing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 67
8.2.12 Derricking gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 69
8.2.13 Telescoping mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 71
8.2.14 Houselock and superstructure lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 80
8.2.15 Rated capacity limiter (RCL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 81
8.2.16 Lighting/Roof window wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 91
8.2.17 Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 92
13.05.2015

13.05.2015

Operating elements for crane operation

All operating elements for driving are described in chapter 3.

This section shows the position and designations of the operating elements
for crane operation. This also includes display elements such as lights or
displays.
H
Operating elements only available with additional equipment are desig-
nated accordingly. These designations are made in this section only and are
not repeated in the following sections.
13.05.2015

8.1.1 Outside on the all-terrain crane
13.05.2015

1 Air traffic control light1) à p. 10 - 52

2 Rotating beacon à p. 8 - 50
3 Lowering limit switch à p. 9 - 55
4 Main hoist à p. 8 - 63
5 Auxiliary hoist1) or compensation weight à p. 8 - 65
6 Counterweight à p. 10 - 29
7 Outriggers à p. 10 - 15
8 Air-conditioning system1), 2) à p. 9 - 114
9 RCL override switch à p. 9 - 35
10 Turntable lock à p. 8 - 80
11 Cab à p. 8 - 4
12 Spotlights1) à p. 8 - 91
13 Status display RCL à p. 9 - 35
14 Lifting limit switch – function à p. 9 - 54
Lifting limit switch – rigging à p. 10 - 46
15 Mirror for crane operation à p. 5 - 5
16 Hook block à p. 10 - 31
17 Rest
18 Slewing gear à p. 9 - 87
Slewing gear freewheel1) à p. 9 - 91
19 House lock1) à p. 8 - 80
20 Cover
21 Hydraulic oil cooler, second cooler1) à p. 9 - 93
1)
2)
à Maintenance manual
13.05.2015

8.1.2 Cab
Front
13.05.2015

1 Accelerator pedal
2 Service brake à p. 3 - 31
3 Telescoping pedal1) à p. 8 - 71
4 Slewing gear brake à p. 9 - 87
5 Houselock1) à p. 8 - 80
6 Holder for air traffic control light à p. 10 - 52
7 Handle
8 Control panels à p. 8 - 9
9 Rest
10 Door unlocking mechanism à p. 3 - 35
12 Emergency stop switch à p. 4 - 14
13 Socket 12 V
14 Degree of utilization display1) à p. 8 - 89
15 Steering column/steering wheel à p. 3 - 8
16 Engine diagnostics à p. 8 - 92
17 Fan with switch1)
18 Side panel à p. 8 - 8
19 Sun visor
20 Control unit RCL à p. 8 - 42
21 Control unit CCS à p. 8 - 14
22 Superstructure lock à p. 8 - 80
23 Cigarette lighter (24 volts) à p. 8 - 57
24 Key-operated RCL override switch à p. 8 - 90
25 Current inclination display à p. 8 - 62
Seat contact switch à p. 8 - 51
27 Cab, behind à p. 8 - 6
1)
s
13.05.2015

Rear
13.05.2015

1 Side window à p. 3 - 35
2 Cab lighting à p. 3 - 34
3 Rest
4 Rear window à p. 3 - 35
6 Sunblind
7 Fire extinguisher1)
8 Air vent à p. 9 - 113
9 Handle
10 Fuses à p. 6 - 14
11 Diagnostics à p. 8 - 92
12 CraneStar à p. 9 - 117
13.05.2015

8.1.3 Side panel
1 Switch all power units on/off à p. 8 - 51

2 Air traffic control light on/off1) à p. 8 - 91
3 Spotlights on/off1) à p. 8 - 91
4 Spotlights swing1) à p. 8 - 91
5 Roof window wiper on/off à p. 8 - 91
Heating system:
6 – Setting the fan à p. 9 - 112
7 – Setting the temperature à p. 9 - 112
8 – Air-conditioning system1) à p. 9 - 114
1)
13.05.2015

8.1.4 Control panels
Left
1 Separate steering à p. 5 - 28
2 Transverse differential locks on/off à p. 5 - 24
3 Outrigger/outrigger cylinders preselection retract/ à p. 8 - 59
extend
4 Slewing gear on/off à p. 8 - 67
5 Raise switch à p. 8 - 70
6 Auxiliary hoist on/off1) à p. 8 - 65
7 Left control lever à p. 8 - 11
(configuration according to execution)
8 Dead man's switch à p. 8 - 51
9 Horn
10 High-speed mode à p. 9 - 85
11 Slewing indicator à p. 9 - 49
13.05.2015
1)
s
Right
2 Main hoist on/off à p. 8 - 63
3 Derricking gear on/off à p. 8 - 69
4 Telescoping mechanism on/off à p. 8 - 71
5 Right control lever à p. 8 - 11
(configuration according to execution)
6 Dead man's switch à p. 8 - 51
7 Horn
8 Hoist high-speed mode on/off à p. 9 - 85
9 Slewing indicator à p. 9 - 52
13.05.2015

8.1.5 Control lever configuration
The all-terrain crane can be equipped with two different control lever con-
figurations. The current configuration of the control levers is indicated by
symbols on the control levers.
Version 1 In version 1, the left control lever is configured with the Telescope function.
Left control lever Right control lever

1 Slewing to the left 5 Raising the boom
2 Slewing to the right 6 Lowering
3 Extend 7 Lower the main hoist
4 Retracting 8 Lift the main hoist
s
13.05.2015

Version 2 In version 2, the left control lever is configured with the Lifting/lowering the
auxiliary hoist function. In this case, the Telescope in/out function is on the
telescoping pedal.
Left control lever Right control lever

1 Slewing to the left 7 Raising the boom
2 Slewing to the right 8 Lowering
3 Lower the auxiliary hoist 9 Lower the main hoist
4 Lifting the auxiliary hoist 10 Lift the main hoist
Telescoping pedal
5 Extend
6 Retracting
13.05.2015

Blank page
13.05.2015

8.1.6 Control unit CCS
13.05.2015

1 CCS display à p. 8 - 16
Overview start menu
5 Direction button à p. 8 - 52
6 no function
6.1 Operating in the Outrigger menu à p. 8 - 59
7 Warning for lifting limit switch shutdown à p. 8 - 56
10 Changing menus à p. 8 - 16
12 Slewing gear brake engaged/released display à p. 8 - 57
13 Display temperature warning display à p. 8 - 56
1)
13.05.2015

8.1.7 Display CCS – Start menu
The Start menu shows the key measured values.
13.05.2015

1 Gears display à p. 3 - 29
2 Fuel level display à p. 4 - 11
3 Voltage monitoring display à p. 5 - 18
4 Engine speed display à p. 4 - 11
5 Coolant temperature display à p. 4 - 11
6 Suction air pre-heating display à p. 8 - 50
7 Parking brake indicator à p. 3 - 31
8 Emergency stop indicator à p. 4 - 14
9 Steer locking status display à p. 3 - 32
10 Drive type display à p. 3 - 30
11 Headlight indicator à p. 3 - 34
12 Differential lock indicator à p. 3 - 30
13 Display temperature warning à p. 3 - 26
14 Engine malfunction display à p. 5 - 19
15 Hydraulic oil temperature warning à p. 5 - 19
16 Gear oil temperature warning à p. 5 - 20
17 Brake malfunction display à p. 3 - 31
18 CAN bus error display à p. 5 - 20
19 Hydraulic oil filter warning à p. 5 - 20
20 Carrier malfunction display à p. 5 - 20
21 Lowering limit switch main hoist warning à p. 8 - 64
22 Lowering limit switch auxiliary hoist warning à p. 8 - 66
23 Steering malfunction display à p. 3 - 32
13.05.2015

8.1.8 CCS – Overview menu groups
The overview shows the menu groups and symbols for the power units.
13.05.2015

1 Error/information messages display area à p. 8 - 40

2 Outrigger menu à p. 8 - 20
3 Teleautomation menu group à p. 8 - 22
4 Active working range limiter menu group à p. 8 - 30
5 Telescoping emergency program menu group à p. 8 - 26
6 Settings/information menu group à p. 8 - 34
7 Monitoring menu group à p. 8 - 46
8 Show next menu group
9 Show previous menu group
10 Power units display
– slewing gear à p. 8 - 68
– telescoping mechanism à p. 8 - 72
– derricking gear à p. 8 - 70
– main hoist à p. 8 - 64
– auxiliary hoist1) à p. 8 - 66
s
13.05.2015

Submenu
Outrigger beam
1 Front left outrigger beam à p. 8 - 59

2 Retract/extend front left outrigger beam à p. 8 - 60
3 Retract/extend front right outrigger beam à p. 8 - 60
4 Front right outrigger beam à p. 8 - 59
5 Back left outrigger beam à p. 8 - 59
6 Retract/extend back left outrigger beam à p. 8 - 60
7 Retract/extend back right outrigger beam à p. 8 - 60
8 Back right outrigger beam à p. 8 - 59
9 Menu Moving the outrigger beam à p. 8 - 60
10 Warning display: à p. 8 - 59
– Parking brake not engaged
– All-wheel drive not switched on
– Slewing gear brake not closed
13.05.2015

Submenu
Outrigger cylinder
1 Front left outrigger cylinder à p. 8 - 59

2 Retract/extend front left outrigger cylinder à p. 8 - 61
3 Retract/extend front right outrigger cylinder à p. 8 - 61
4 Front right outrigger cylinder à p. 8 - 59
5 Rear left outrigger cylinder à p. 8 - 59
6 Retract/extend back left outrigger cylinder à p. 8 - 61
7 Retract/extend back right outrigger cylinder à p. 8 - 61
8 Rear right outrigger cylinder à p. 8 - 59
9 Menu Moving the outrigger cylinder à p. 8 - 61
10 Warning display: à p. 8 - 59
– Parking brake not engaged
– All-wheel drive not switched on
– Slewing gear brake not closed
s
13.05.2015

Menu group
Teleautomation
1 Telescoping full automation submenu à p. 8 - 23

2 Telescoping semi-automation submenu à p. 8 - 24
3 Main boom configuration submenu à p. 8 - 25
13.05.2015

Submenu
Telescoping full
automation
1 Maximum possible telescoping display à p. 8 - 73

3 Locking status telescopic section display à p. 8 - 72
4 Telescoping cylinder length display à p. 8 - 72
5 Locking status telescoping cylinder display à p. 8 - 73
6 Telescoping full automation direction display à p. 8 - 73
7 Main boom length display à p. 8 - 73
s
13.05.2015

Submenu
Telescoping semi-
automation
1 Telescopic sections display

2 Pre-selection all telescopic sections à p. 8 - 75
3 Pre-selection individual telescopic sections à p. 8 - 75
4 Confirm preselection à p. 8 - 75
5 Current telescoping display à p. 8 - 71
6 Telescoping permitted/not permitted display à p. 8 - 75
10 Teleautomation direction display à p. 8 - 78
13.05.2015

Submenu
Main boom
configuration
1 Input working radius à p. 8 - 79

2 Input load weight à p. 8 - 79
3 Input main boom length à p. 8 - 79
4 Working radius display à p. 8 - 79
5 Load display à p. 8 - 79
7 Rigging time display à p. 8 - 79
8 Selection à p. 8 - 79
10 Telescope diagram display à p. 8 - 79
s
13.05.2015

Telescoping
emergency
program menu
group
1 Manual telescoping submenu à p. 8 - 27

2 Telescoping emergency program submenu à p. 8 - 28
3 Unknown telescoping submenu à p. 8 - 29
13.05.2015

Manual
telescoping
submenu

2 Symbol lock/release telescopic section à p. 8 - 76
3 Current telescopic section display à p. 8 - 77
5 Symbol lock/release telescoping cylinder à p. 8 - 76
6 Locking point display à p. 8 - 76
8 Telescoping direction display à p. 8 - 77
s
13.05.2015

Telescoping
emergency
program submenu
XXX sec
#1 XXXX mm
#2 XXXX mm
1 Input access code emergency program à p. 12 - 32

2 Remaining time emergency program display à p. 12 - 32
4 Proximity switch display à p. 12 - 32
6 Symbol lock/release telescoping cylinder à p. 12 - 32
8 Symbol lock/release telescopic section à p. 12 - 32
13.05.2015

Unknown
telescoping
submenu
1 Input access code unknown telescoping à p. 12 - 40

2 Input for telescopic section 1 à p. 12 - 40
7 Telescoping permitted/not permitted display à p. 12 - 40
s
13.05.2015

Active working
range limiter
menu group
1 Total height submenu à p. 9 - 100

2 Working radius submenu à p. 9 - 100
3 Slewing angle submenu à p. 9 - 100
13.05.2015

Total height
submenu
1 Switching monitoring function on/off à p. 9 - 108

2 Apply current overall height à p. 9 - 103
3 Input maximum overall height à p. 9 - 106
4 Maximum overall height display à p. 9 - 103
s
13.05.2015

Working radius
submenu

2 Current working radius display à p. 9 - 104
3 Maximum working radius display à p. 9 - 106
4 Input maximum working radius à p. 9 - 106
13.05.2015

Slewing angle
submenu
0°
-90° +90°
-179:9° +180°

2 Maximum slewing angle A display à p. 9 - 101
3 Current slewing angle A display à p. 9 - 101
4 Input maximum slewing angle A à p. 9 - 105
5 Maximum slewing angle B display à p. 9 - 101
6 Current slewing angle B display à p. 9 - 101
7 Input maximum slewing angle B à p. 9 - 105
s
13.05.2015

Settings menu
group
1 Setting the display brightness and date/time sub- à p. 8 - 35

menu
2 Switching units submenu à p. 9 - 95
3 Submenu Setting the characteristic curves for the à p. 9 - 96
control levers
4 Setting the power unit speeds submenu à p. 9 - 94
13.05.2015

Setting the dis-

play brightness
and date/time
submenu
XX . XX . XXXX XX : XX h XX h am/pm
1 Selection setting the display brightness à p. 4 - 7

2 Increasing/reducing the value à p. 4 - 7
3 Display in percentage à p. 4 - 7
4 Display à p. 4 - 7
5 Selection setting the time/date à p. 9 - 42
6 Setting the date à p. 9 - 42
7 Increasing/reducing the value à p. 9 - 42
8 Setting the time à p. 9 - 42
9 Switching the display type à p. 9 - 42
s
13.05.2015

Submenu
Switching units
1 Display units in: à p. 9 - 95

– Meters
– Degrees Celsius
– Kilograms
– Bar
2 Display units in: à p. 9 - 95
– Feet
– Degrees Fahrenheit
– lb
– Psi
13.05.2015

Submenu Setting
characteristic
curves
1 Characteristic curve slewing gear à p. 9 - 96

2 Characteristic curve telescoping mechanism à p. 9 - 96
3 Characteristic curve derricking gear à p. 9 - 96
4 Characteristic curve main hoist à p. 9 - 96
5 Characteristic curve auxiliary hoist à p. 9 - 96
6 Setting Reset characteristic curve à p. 9 - 96
s
13.05.2015

Menu group
Information
1 Operating hours submenu à p. 8 - 39

2 Submenu Error engine à p. 6 - 20
3 Submenu Error crane operation à p. 8 - 40
4 Submenu Program version à p. 8 - 41
13.05.2015

Operating hours Description of the displays; à Displaying the operating hours, p. 9 - 98.
submenu
1 Keycode input à p. 9 - 98
2 Slewing gear à p. 9 - 98
3 Telescoping mechanism à p. 9 - 98
4 Derricking gear à p. 9 - 98
5 Main hoist à p. 9 - 98
7 Locking system à p. 9 - 98
8 Auxiliary hoist1) à p. 9 - 98
9 Selection all à p. 9 - 98
s
13.05.2015

Submenu Error
crane operation
1 Current errors/total errors display à p. 12 - 21

2 Error code display à p. 12 - 22
3 Acknowledging the error à p. 12 - 21
4 Previous error à p. 12 - 21
5 Next error à p. 12 - 21
13.05.2015

Program version
submenu
1 Serial number display à p. 8 - 58

2 Program version display à p. 8 - 58
13.05.2015

8.1.9 Control unit RCL
13.05.2015

1 Display RCL à p. 8 - 44
Overview menu groups à p. 8 - 45
5 Selector buttons à p. 8 - 52
6 no function
6.1 Function only in the menu Outrigger à p. 8 - 59
7 RCL pre-warning
10 Main menu overview
12 RCL switch-off
13 Display temperature warning display à p. 8 - 57
1)
13.05.2015

8.1.10 Display RCL – Submenus
The main menu shows symbols for further submenus and symbols for cur-
rent displays.
1 Submenu Rigging mode entry à p. 8 - 45

2 Monitoring submenu à p. 8 - 46
3 Submenu Lifting capacity table à p. 8 - 47
4 Diagnostics submenu1)
5 Display RCL code
6 Display area for error or information symbols
7 Main hoist with reeving display à p. 8 - 63
8 Auxiliary hoist with reeving display à p. 8 - 65
9 RCL override display à p. 8 - 63
10 Active working range limiter display à p. 8 - 30
13.05.2015
1) For service personnel only

8.1.11 Display RCL – Submenus
Submenu Rigging
mode entry
1 Counterweight display à p. 8 - 86
2 Boom system1) à p. 8 - 83
3 Entry lattice extension angle1) à p. 9 - 21
4 Entry length of lattice extension1) à p. 9 - 21
5 Enter reeving Main hoist à p. 8 - 84
6 Enter reeving Auxiliary hoist à p. 8 - 84
7 Maximum load display à p. 8 - 86
8 Enter outrigger span à p. 8 - 84
9 Enter slewing range à p. 8 - 85
10 Enter RCL code à p. 8 - 84
11 Input confirmation
13.05.2015
12 Switching to submenu Monitoring
s
Monitoring
submenu
1 Boom system1)
2 Angle of the lattice extension1)
3 Length of lattice extension1)
5 Current load display à p. 8 - 87
6 Current degree of utilisation display à p. 8 - 88
7 Current main boom length à p. 8 - 89
8 Current main boom angle display à p. 8 - 87
9 Current overall height à p. 8 - 89
10 Counterweight display à p. 8 - 86
11 Current slewing angle display à p. 8 - 88
12 Outrigger span display à p. 8 - 87
13 Current working radius à p. 8 - 89
1)
13.05.2015

Submenu Lifting
capacity table
à p. 8 - 90
y
1 Lifting capacity table display

2 Working radius display à p. 8 - 90
4 Move up/down table à p. 8 - 90
5 Permissible working range display à p. 8 - 90
6 Current position display à p. 8 - 90
13.05.2015

G
Risk of accident by operator error
This section is not a complete operating manual. It only provides a general
overview of the functionality of the operating elements.
Before using the operating elements for the first time, read through the fol-
lowing chapters and the safety instructions listed there.
H
This section does not contain all the requirements that must be fulfilled for
several operating elements to be active.
If some operating elements do not work, first read the following chapters
which are referred to at the respective places before contacting Manitowoc
Crane Care.
8.2.1 Definition of positional references
Basic rule Direction information always depends on whether the carrier or the super-
structure is being operated.
On the carrier
The front headlights are always at the front, which means that:
1: front 2: Right
3: rear 4: Left
Forwards always means with the headlights in the front,

Backwards always means with the rear lights on the carrier are leading.
The main boom head is always at the front, which means that:
1: front 2: Right
3: rear 4: Left
13.05.2015

8.2.2 General rules for buttons and symbols on the display
The symbols shown as an example are not present on all crane types. The
following rules apply in all menus:
– A menu can only be opened if the relevant symbol has been selected with
the jog dial (1) or direction buttons (2).
– A selected menu is marked in colour and can be opened.
– Symbols can be shown in different colours. The colour of the symbol indi-
cates the current switching state of the relevant power unit.
1 Grey: e.g. main hoist – off
2 Green: e.g. auxiliary hoist – on
– In these operating instructions, we always refer to colours in terms of

“The symbol is red”, for instance,
regardless of whether the background (1) of a symbol is red or whether
only parts (2) of a symbol are red. This applies to all symbols and all col-
ours.
– If the instruction given in this section is to “Press the button once...”, for
instance, this always refers to the button (1) or (2). This is the case if a
menu is opened or a function is to be carried out.
13.05.2015

8.2.3 Engine
Front panel à Starting the engine, p. 4 - 8.

Ignition lock
P Ignition on, headlight on

0 Ignition off, engine off, rotating beacon off, key can be removed
1 Power supply on for:
Heating, diagnosis engine/gears, steering wheel lock release, drive
position, rotating beacon on
2 Starting position
à p. 4 - 6
Set idling speed

– The engine is running:
– Press up: Increasing the idling speed
– Press down: Reduces the idling speed
à p. 4 - 12
CCS display
Suction air pre-heating check

– Red: engine not ready to start – is being warmed up
– Grey: engine is ready to start
à p. 4 - 9
13.05.2015

8.2.4 Seat contact switch and dead man's switch
The seat contact switch and the dead man's switch are safety devices for
releasing crane functions.
Releasing crane functions

– Sit down – seat contact switch (2) on
or
– Press at least one dead man's switch (1)
Safety function on
– Get off seat – seat contact switch off
and
– Both dead man's switches (1) not pressed
All operating elements for crane functions in
the cab are locked.
Any crane movements are slowed down to standstill within 3 seconds and
then locked.
à Seat contact switch, p. 9 - 10
8.2.5 Switching crane functions on/off
Side panel With the crane functions switch (1), all power units can be switched on or
off at the same time.
– Press up: all power units on

– Press down: all power units off
13.05.2015

8.2.6 Crane control CCS
The truck crane RT550E is equipped with the CCS electronic crane control
(Crane Control System). CCS includes a control unit in the cab and several
control units (MWSCM and MWCCM) distributed over the superstructure
and carrier.
Menu control
1 For marking and activating areas. The function of the buttons is differ-
ent depending on the area and menu.
There are three different areas:
Menu area
– For opening menus and submenus.
One symbol is always selected.
Input area
– Selecting and confirming values.
A field (1) with numbers or letters is marked.
Operation area
– For carrying out movements during rigging.
The required element is marked, e.g. outrigger cylinder (1).
– For turning on/off and switching
A symbol for a status is marked, e.g. symbol (2).
13.05.2015

Mark
Slew 1 or Press 2
– The next area is marked.
Activate
Press 1 or Press 3
– The marked area is activated. The display and function of the buttons
(1), (2) and (3) changes accordingly.
à Functions in the Menu area, p. 8 - 53
à Functions in the Input area, p. 8 - 54
à Functions in the Operation area, p. 8 - 54
Functions in the Menu area

Select
Slew 1 or Press 2
– The next symbol is marked.
Confirm
Press 1 or Press 3
– The corresponding menu is opened.
s
13.05.2015

Functions in the Input area

Selecting values
Slew 1 or Press 2
4 Value can be reduced/increased
5 Highest value achieved
6 Lowest value achieved
Confirm value
Press 1 or Press 3
– Displayed value (7) is applied – input
mode off
Functions in the Operation area

Executing a movement
– Select function
Press 3 or Slew 1
– The marked function (4) or (5) is
selected.
– Move function
Press 2
– The selected function is carried out.
Turning on/off and switching

– Selecting status
Press 2 or Slew 1
– The marked state (4) or (6) is selected.
– Switch on state
Press 1 or Press 3
– The selected state (5) or (7) is esta-
blished.
13.05.2015

Error/warning message
The symbols (1) change colour depending on
the message:
– Flashes yellow: Warning
– Flashes red: Error
– Off: No warning message or
error present
à p. 12 - 17
Opening the Error submenu

One of the symbols (1) lights up or flashes.
– Press the button once: This opens the Errors submenu
à p. 12 - 17
s
13.05.2015

Exiting the menu/input mode

Press button (1) or (2) to exit the menu or input mode.
– Press the button – The opened menu closes – the menu from the
once: next higher level is opened
– Input mode is deactivated
Enter the values with jog dial

The input mode is active.
– To the right: Increases the value
– To the left: Decreases the value
Slow turning changes the value slowly
Fast turning changes the value fast
Enter values on the control panel CCS

The input mode is active.
– Arrow pointing to the right: Increases the value
– Arrow pointing to the left: Decreases the value
Input confirmation
An input can be confirmed with button (1) or (2)
– Press the button once: A newly entered value is confirmed
Other
1 Lifting limit switch warning;à p. 8 - 67

2 Slewing gear brake monitoring; à p. 8 - 67
13.05.2015

Sensor for brightness

Registers the brightness of the operating environment. The brightness of all
displays is automatically adjusted.
Manual input; à p. 4 - 7.
Sensor temperature display

Records the display temperature. The brightness of all displays is adapted
automatically if the temperature is too high.

May only be used in an emergency.
– Press: Engine off – crane functions stop immediately.
Switch engages
– Turn the engaged Switch returns to initial position – crane functions
switch: released
à p. 4 - 14
CCS display
The main menu appears after switching on the
ignition (1).
After pressing a button on the jog dial or con-

trol panel CCS, the overview of the menu
groups (2) appears.
A symbol is selected with the jog dial or the
direction buttons on the CCS control panel to
call up a menu. The selected symbol is shown
in red.
A menu is opened by pressing the jog dial or
the OK button on the control panel.
s
13.05.2015

Switch display
Symbols or menu groups can only be selected
when the display is active – display symbol (1).
Only one display is active at any given time.

To switch between displays:
2 Press or 3 Press
– The symbol (1) is displayed in the active

display.
Serial number and program version display
1 Serial number of the all-terrain crane

2 Current program version of the crane control – always include in the
event of a malfunction; à
p. 12 - 16
13.05.2015

8.2.7 Outriggers
à Extending/retracting outrigger beams, p. 10 - 21

à Extending/retracting supporting cylinders, p. 10 - 25
All directional information refers to the carrier; à p. 8 - 48.
CCS display
Outrigger submenu
– To open: Select symbol (1) and confirm – submenu is opened
Warning display
1 Green: Parking brake engaged – outrigger release

Yellow: Parking brake not engaged – no release
2 Green: All-wheel drive on – outrigger release
Yellow: All-wheel drive off – no release
3 Green: Slewing gear brake engaged – outrigger release
Yellow: Slewing gear brake not engaged – no release
s
13.05.2015

Retracting/extending outrigger beams submenu
– To open: Select symbol (2) and confirm

– To close: Select symbol (1) and confirm
Retracting/extending outrigger beams pre-selection
1 – Press button: Extend pre-selection

2 – Press button: Retract pre-selection
Retract/extend outrigger beams
1 – Front left
2 – Front right
3 – Rear left
4 – Rear right
Movement stops after the button is released, and when an end position is
reached.
13.05.2015

Retract/extend outrigger cylinder submenu

– To close: Select symbol (1) and confirm
Retract/extend outrigger cylinder pre-selection

1 – Press button: Extend pre-selection
2 – Press button: Retract pre-selection
Extend/retract outrigger cylinders
1 – Front left
2 – Front right
3 – Rear left
4 – Rear right
Movement stops after the button is released, and when an end position is
reached.
13.05.2015

8.2.8 Inclination indicator
à Reading off the inclination indicator, p. 10 - 27

Current inclination display
1 In the cab
13.05.2015

8.2.9 Main hoist
à Main hoist, p. 9 - 48.
Side panel à Switching crane functions on/off, p. 8 - 51
Control panels
Main hoist on/off

There is a lamp in the button.
– Press once: – Lamp bright – main hoist on
– Lamp dim – main hoist off
à p. 9 - 49
Right control lever

– Back: Lifting
– Forward: Lowering
à p. 9 - 49
Hoist high-speed mode on/off

The parking brake is engaged.
– Left: High-speed mode on, off when released
– Once to the right: High-speed mode on – continuous oper-
ation
– Once to right or once to left: High-speed mode off
à p. 9 - 86
s
13.05.2015

CCS display
Power units display
– Green: Main hoist on

– Red: Main hoist off
High speed monitoring for the hoists
– On: High-speed mode on

– Off: High-speed mode off
à p. 9 - 86
Warning for lowering limit switch shutdown
– Red: Lowering limit switch triggered – main hoist stop

– Grey: Lowering limit switch not triggered
à p. 9 - 54
Warning for lifting limit switch shutdown
– On: Lifting limit switch triggered – hoist stops

– Flashing: Lifting limit switch triggered – shutdown overridden
– Off: Lifting limit switch not triggered
à p. 9 - 54
13.05.2015

8.2.10 Auxiliary hoist
à Auxiliary hoist, p. 9 - 51.
Control panels
Auxiliary hoist on/off

– Press once: – Lamp bright – auxiliary hoist on
– Lamp dim – auxiliary hoist off
à p. 9 - 51
Left control lever
– Back: Lifting
– Forward: Lowering
à p. 9 - 52
Hoist high-speed mode on/off

– Once to the right: High-speed mode on – continuous
operation
– Once to right or once to left: High-speed mode off
à p. 9 - 86
s
13.05.2015

CCS display
Power units display
– Green: Auxiliary hoist on

– Red: Auxiliary hoist off
High speed monitoring for the hoists

à p. 9 - 86
Warning for lifting limit switch shutdown
– On: Lifting limit switch triggered – hoist stops

– Flashing: Lifting limit switch triggered – shutdown overridden
– Off: Lifting limit switch not triggered
à p. 9 - 54
Warning for lowering limit switch shutdown
– Red: Lowering limit switch triggered – auxiliary hoist stop

– Grey: Lowering limit switch not triggered
à p. 9 - 54 13.05.2015

8.2.11 Slewing gear
à Slewing gear, p. 9 - 87.
Control panels
Slewing gear on/off

– Press once: – Lamp bright – slewing gear on,
Slewing gear brake released
– Lamp dim – slewing gear off
Slewing gear brake engaged
à p. 9 - 88
Left control lever
– To the left: Slewing to the left

– To the right: Slewing to the right
à p. 9 - 89
Slewing gear freewheel
– To switch on: Move control lever to zero position and press button –
slewing gear brake released, lamp t goes out
– To switch off: Release button – slewing gear brake engaged,
lamp t lights up
à p. 9 - 91
s
13.05.2015

CCS display
Power units display
– Green: Slewing gear on

– Red: Slewing gear off
Slewing gear brake engaged/released
1 On: Slewing gear brake engaged

1 Off: Slewing gear brake released
à p. 9 - 88
13.05.2015

8.2.12 Derricking gear
à Derricking gear, p. 9 - 56.
Control panels
Derricking gear on/off

– Press once: – Lamp bright – derricking gear on,
Power units with the same control lever
configuration off
– Lamp dim – derricking gear off
à p. 9 - 56
Right control lever

– To the left: Raise – lift main boom
– To the right: Lower – lower main boom
à p. 9 - 57
Derricking gear/telescoping mechanism high-speed mode on/off

– Once to the right: High-speed mode on – continuous oper-
ation
– Once to the right or High-speed mode off
once to the left:
à p. 9 - 85
s
13.05.2015

CCS display
Power units display

– Green: Derricking gear on
– Red: Derricking gear off
High-speed mode inspection derricking gear

à p. 9 - 85
Raise button, shutdown bypassed
– On: Shutdown bypassed

– Off: Shutdown not bypassed
à p. 9 - 35
13.05.2015

8.2.13 Telescoping mechanism
Control panels à Telescoping mechanism, p. 9 - 60.

Telescoping mechanism on/off
– Press once: – Lamp bright – telescoping mechanism on,
Power units with the same control lever configuration
off
– Lamp dim – telescoping mechanism off
à p. 9 - 68
Left control lever

Control lever configuration – version 1
– Back: Retracting
– Forward: Extend
à p. 9 - 68
Telescoping pedal
Control lever configuration – version 2 (only with additional equipment aux-
iliary hoist)
– Bottom: Retracting
– Top: Extend
à p. 9 - 68
CCS display
Telescoping mechanism high-speed mode inspection

à p. 9 - 85
s
13.05.2015

Power units display
– Green: Telescoping mechanism on

– Red: Telescoping mechanism off
Submenu
Telescoping full
automation
Opening the submenu
To open: Select symbol (1) and confirm – submenu is opened
Telescope diagram display

Current relation of the telescopic sections to each other – section of top
view.
Locking pin Display 1 and 2
1 On the telescopic section – Green: Locked
2 On the telescoping cylinder – Yellow: Intermediate position
3 Error – Red: Unlocked
à p. 9 - 72
Telescoping cylinder length display
– Display: Current extended length of the telescoping cylinder
– Unit of meas- Displayed depending on setting, m (meters) or % (per-

urement: centage)
à p. 9 - 83
13.05.2015

Main boom length display
– Display: Current extended length of the main boom
– Unit of meas- Displayed depending on setting, mm (millimetres) or

urement: ft (feet)
à p. 9 - 83
Possible telescope status display

1 Possible telescope status display in percentage (%)
2 Input confirmation
à p. 9 - 72
Telescoping full automation direction display
1 Start telescoping full automation with Retract

2 Start telescoping full automation with Extend
à p. 9 - 80
Telescoping semi-
automation
submenu
Opening the submenu
s
13.05.2015


view.
Locking pin Display 1 and 2
à p. 9 - 72

urement: centage)
à p. 9 - 80
– Unit of meas- Displayed depending on setting, mm (millimetres) or

urement: ft (feet)
à p. 9 - 80
Telescopic sections display
1 Telescopic section 1 display

13.05.2015

Current telescope status display

Extended length of the telescopic sections in percentage
Pre-selection for all telescopic sections
1 Pre-selection telescoping 0%
Pre-selection individual telescopic sections
1 Pre-selection for telescopic section 1

Confirm pre-selection
1 Confirm pre-selected telescoping
2 Telescoping permitted symbol
3 Telescoping not permitted symbol
à p. 9 - 80
s
13.05.2015

Manual telescop-
ing submenu
Telescoping cylinder locked/released
– Display Yellow: Locking pins intermediate position

Green: Telescoping cylinder locked
Red: Telescoping cylinder unlocked
Locking/releasing the telescoping cylinder
– To lock: – Telescopic section locked:

Select symbol (1) and confirm – telescopic section locked
– To unlock: – Telescopic section locked:
Select symbol (2) and confirm – telescopic section
released
à p. 9 - 73
Locking point display
1 Extend telescoping cylinder

2 Retract telescoping cylinder
Lock/release telescopic section

– Display Yellow: Locking pins intermediate position
Green: Telescopic section locked
Red: Telescopic section unlocked
13.05.2015

– To lock: – The telescoping cylinder is locked:

Select symbol (2) and confirm – telescopic section locked
– To unlock: – The telescoping cylinder is locked:
Select symbol (1) and confirm – telescopic section is
released
à p. 9 - 77

urement: centage)
à p. 9 - 71


urement: centage)
à p. 9 - 71
Telescoping release display
1 Extend telescoping cylinder

2 Retract telescoping cylinder
Telescoping cylinder in telescopic section display

Displayed telescopic section, e.g. telescopic section 1
s
13.05.2015

Telescoping full automation direction display
1 Start telescoping full automation with Retract

2 Start telescoping full automation with Extend
à p. 9 - 80

view.
Locking pin Figure 1 and 2
à p. 9 - 72
13.05.2015

Main boom con-

figuration menu
To open: Select symbol (1) and confirm – menu is opened

à Telescoping with main boom configuration, p. 9 - 84
Load parameter entry

1 Input working radius
2 Load weight
3 Input main boom length
Display
Values are displayed for:
1 Maximum working radius
2 Maximum load
3 Maximum boom length
4 Shortest rigging time
The corresponding telescoping illustration (5)

is displayed.
Displaying and confirming values
1 Display previous value

13.05.2015
2 Display next value

3 Confirm selection – Telescoping semi-automation menu opens
à Locking the telescopic section, p. 9 - 79

8.2.14 Houselock and superstructure lock
Houselock
(A) – Switching on
Press pedal (1) until lock (2) engages
(B) – Switching off

Press lock (2) until pedal (1) is released
Superstructure
lock
The superstructure is in position 0° to the
front – locking point.
(A) – Lock
Pull the lever (1) and turn
(B) – Unlock
Turn the lever (1) and push in
13.05.2015

8.2.15 Rated capacity limiter (RCL)
Control unit con-

trol console RCL
Exiting the submenu/input mode
– Press button (1): – The opened submenu is closed – the main menu
is opened
– Press button (2): – The opened submenu closes – the menu from the
next higher level is opened
Entering values
The input mode for the RCL code is switched on.
– To the right: Next greater value
1
– To the left: Next smaller value
Slowly turning – changes the value gradually
Hold down and turn – quick value change
or
2 Next greater value
3 Next smaller value
à p. 9 - 23
RCL pre-warning
– Flashing: Degree of utilisation 90 - 100% – buzzer tone on

– On: Degree of utilisation about 100% – buzzer tone on –
shutdown
– Off: Degree of utilisation 0 - 90%
à p. 9 - 32
s
13.05.2015

RCL switch-off
– On: Shutdown – buzzer tone on

– Degree of utilisation about 100% or
– Error
– Off: No shutdown
à p. 9 - 32
Sensor for brightness

Registers the brightness of the operating environment. The brightness of all
displays is automatically adjusted; à
p. 9 - 17.
Sensor for temperature

Records the display temperature. If the temperature is too high, the bright-
ness of the display is reduced; à
p. 9 - 17.
Display RCL
Input confirmation
Symbol (1) is red.
– In the Rigging mode moni- Select symbol (2) and confirm – rigging
toring submenu: mode is applied, Monitoring submenu is
opened
13.05.2015

Display RCL
– After a standstill of up to 2 hours
Ignition on – Enter rigging mode submenu opens; à p. 9 - 16
The last saved rigging mode is shown.
– After a standstill of more than 2 hours

Ignition on – Enter rigging mode submenu opens; à p. 9 - 17
A rigging mode with the lowest lifting capacities is shown.
Information or error message
– e.g. symbol (1) display: Boom angle too small – open Errors
submenu
– No symbol: No errors
à p. 9 - 34
Opening the Error submenu

The symbol (1) is displayed.
– Select symbol (2) This opens the Errors submenu
and confirm:
à p. 12 - 21
Submenu Rigging
mode entry
Select symbol (1) and confirm – submenu is opened.
s
13.05.2015

Enter RCL code

In input mode
Select symbol (1) and confirm.
Enter reeving
In input mode
1 – For main hoist:
Select reeving symbol (3) and confirm.
2 – For auxiliary hoist:
Select reeving symbol (3) and confirm.
à p. 9 - 19
Enter outrigger span

In input mode
Select outrigger span symbol (1) and confirm.
A 6.15 x 6.10 m
B 6.15 x 4.27 m
C 6.15 x 2.39 m
D Free on wheels
Outrigger span monitoring display

The display is identical for all outrigger
beams.
1 red – The required outrigger span is not
rigged
2 off – The required outrigger span is
rigged; e.g. A 6.10 m
13.05.2015

Enter slewing range

In input mode
– Input
Select slewing range (1) and confirm
2 Working position 0° to the front1)
3 Working position 180° to the rear1)
4 360° slewing range
1) To accept, switch off slewing gear
à p. 9 - 19
Enter counterweight
The counterweight cannot be entered.
Confirming the RCL code

Select symbol (1) and confirm
Opening the Monitoring submenu

Select symbol (1) and confirm
s
13.05.2015

Maximum load display

Short description with Monitoring submenu; à p. 8 - 88.
Boom system entry

1 Boom system selection
2 Main boom
3 Lattice extension
3.1 Angle
3.2 Length
à p. 9 - 21
Monitoring Displays – depend on rigging mode; à Checks before operating the crane,
submenu p. 9 - 26.
To Select symbol (1) and confirm

open:
Boom system display

1 Main boom display
2 Display for main boom with lattice
extension1)
1) Lattice extension – inclinable
Counterweight display
Counterweight combination in tonnes (5 t)
13.05.2015

Outrigger span display

Required outrigger span for displayed RCL code – displayed in letters – over-
view of outrigger spans; à p. 8 - 84.
Angle of the lattice extension display

The inclinable lattice extension is connected.
– Display: Angle between lattice extension and main boom in
degrees (°) – for displayed RCL code
à p. 9 - 29
Current main boom angle display
– Display: Current angle between main boom and horizontal posi-

tion in degrees (°)
à p. 9 - 29
Current slewing angle display
0°: Position 0° to the front

180°: Position 180° to the rear
+0.1 to +180.0°: Turned to the right from 0°
–0.1 to –179.9°: Turned to the left from 0°
à p. 9 - 30
Current load display

– Display: Currently raised load in tons (t) or kilopounds (klbs) –
accurate to ± 5% of actual load
Example: 55.2 klbs equal 55,200 lbs
à p. 9 - 30
s
13.05.2015

Maximum load display
– Display: Maximum load in tons (t) or kilopounds (klbs) for dis-

played RCL code
– Symbol (1) is red – maximum load reduced by reeving
Press button (3) once – display (2) briefly shows maxi-
mum load for displayed RCL code
à p. 9 - 30
Current degree of utilisation display

Degree of utilisation = 100 x current load/maximum load
1 Display in percentage
2 Colour display:
– Green: 0 - 90%
– Yellow: approx. 90 - 100% – early warning
– Red: greater than 100% – shutdown
à p. 9 - 31
Current slewing angle display
0°: Position 0° to the front

180°: Position 180° to the rear
+0.1 to +180.0°: Turned to the right from 0°
–0.1 to –179.9°: Turned to the left from 0°
à p. 9 - 30
13.05.2015

Other displays
Display in metres (m) or feet (ft)
1 Current length of lattice extension
2 Current main boom length
3 Current overall height
4 Current working radius
à p. 9 - 29
Current degree of
utilisation
The current degree of utilization is shown additionally in the cab.

Colour display:
– Green: 0 - 90%
– Yellow: approx. 90 - 100% – early warning
– Red: greater than 100% – shutdown
à p. 9 - 31
s
13.05.2015

Submenu Lifting à Displaying the lifting capacity tables, p. 9 - 40

capacity table
r [m] m [t] Lifting capacity table display

Values for displayed RCL code and displayed telescope status
1 Working radius in metres (m) or feet (ft)
m [t]
2 Lifting capacity in tons (t) or in kilopounds (klbs)

3 Show other values given in the table
Exiting the submenu

Press button (1) or (2)
Other
Key-operated RCL override switch
– Turn to the right: RCL shutdown overridden –

crane functions released, no more monitoring;
à p. 9 - 35
– Turn to the left: Lifting limit switch shutdown bypassed –
crane functions released, no more monitoring;
à p. 9 - 35.
13.05.2015

8.2.16 Lighting/Roof window wiper
Worklight on/off
– To switch on: Press the switch at the top

– To switch off: Press the switch at the bottom
Swinging the spotlight
– Back: Press the switch at the top

– Forward: Press the switch at the bottom
Air traffic control light
– To switch on: Press the switch at the top

– To switch off: Press the switch at the bottom
Rotating beacon
– To switch on: Ignition on

– To switch off: Ignition off
Roof window wiper
– Switching on: Level I – press button once at (2)

Level II – press button again at (2)
– Switching off: Press in the switch at (1)
13.05.2015

8.2.17 Diagnostics
The diagnostics connections may only be operated by the service staff.
Connection (1) is under the cover (2) – diagno-

sis engine electronics.
The following connections are below the

cover (3).
1 Service interface D1
2 Service interface D2
13.05.2015

9
9 Crane operation
9.1 Before operating the crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1
9.1.1 CHECKLIST: Checks before operating the crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1
9.1.2 Check the condition of the all-terrain crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 5
9.1.3 Checking the safety equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 7
9.1.4 Earthing the load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 11
9.1.5 Locking/unlocking the superstructure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 12
9.2 Operation of the rated capacity limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 14
9.2.1 Switch on the RCL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 15
9.2.2 Entering the rigging mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 18
9.2.3 Checks before operating the crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 26
9.2.4 Displays during crane operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 29
9.2.5 RCL pre-warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 32
9.2.6 RCL switch-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 32
9.2.7 Display in the event of errors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 34
9.2.8 RCL override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 35
9.2.9 Displaying the lifting capacity tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 40
9.2.10 Entering the time/date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 42
9.3 Crane operation with main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 44
9.3.1 Checks during crane operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 44
9.3.2 Permissible slewing ranges and working positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 46
9.3.3 Main hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 48
9.3.4 Auxiliary hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 51
9.3.5 Lifting limit switch and lowering limit switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 54
9.3.6 Derricking gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 56
9.3.7 Telescoping mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 60
9.3.8 High-speed mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 85
9.3.9 Slewing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 87
9.3.10 Possible movement combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 92
9.3.11 Hydraulic oil cooling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 93
9.4 Settings and displays for crane operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 94
9.4.1 Setting idling speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 94
9.4.2 Limiting the power unit speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 94
9.4.3 Switching units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 95
9.4.4 Setting the characteristic curves for the control levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 96
9.4.5 Using the slewable spotlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 97
9.4.6 Displaying the operating hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 98
13.05.2015
9.5 Working range limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 99

9.5.1 Viewing current settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 100
9.5.2 Opening the working range limiter submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 100
9.5.3 Entering limit values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 103

9.5.4 Entering limit values manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 106
9.5.5 Switching monitoring functions on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 108
9.5.6 Shutdown by working range limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 109
9.6 Work break . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 110
9.6.1 In case of short work breaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 110
9.6.2 In case of work breaks of more than 8 hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 111
9.7 Heating and air-conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 112
9.7.1 Standard heating system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 112
9.7.2 Air-conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 114
9.8 CraneSTAR system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 117
9.8.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 117
9.8.2 Position of the components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 117
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.1 Before operating the crane
9 Crane operation
9.1.1 CHECKLIST: Checks before operating the crane
H
Observe the warnings and safety instructions there.
H
This checklist only applies to working with a rigged all-terrain crane (sup-
ported and rigged with counterweight). If the all-terrain crane is not yet
rigged;à CHECKLIST: Rigging, p. 10 - 1.
1. The all-terrain crane has been rigged for the operation to be carried out
as described in the CHECKLIST: Rigging; à p. 10 - 1.
2. Inspect the all-terrain crane, looking out in particular for any leaking
fluids (oil, fuel or water).
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
3. – Adjust mirrors for crane operation; à p. 5 - 5.

– Adjust the slewable spotlights if necessary; à p. 9 - 97.
4. Earth the load, if necessary; à p. 9 - 11.
5. Adjust the seat and the steering column; à p. 5 - 7.
6. Start the engine; à p. 4 - 8.
7. Switch on crane functions; à p. 8 - 51.
8. Check
– RCL,
– Lifting limit switch
– Seat contact switch and dead man's switch
13.05.2015
– Emergency stop switch

for correct operation. Have faulty units repaired; à p. 9 - 7.

Crane operation
9. Check the position of the hoist ropes; à p. 9 - 6.
10. Remove key from the key-operated Override switches, or switch off
override;à p. 9 - 35.
11. Compare current rigging mode to display on RCL – enter current rig-
ging mode, if necessary; à
p. 9 - 18.
12. Compare current reeving of hoist used against the display on the RCL –
enter current reeving, if necessary; à
p. 9 - 24.
13. Check telescoping; à Checks before starting work, p. 9 - 67.
14. Carry out lamp test RCL; à p. 9 - 15.

s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
15. Switch off the slewing gear for 0° and 180° working positions –
symbol (1) red; à p. 9 - 92.
16. Check the electrical system for correct operation; à p. 9 - 6.
17. Adjust the brightness of the CCS and RCL display as required;
à
p. 4 - 7.
H
Additional information on inspections during crane operation, on permissi-
ble working positions and on how to operate the individual power units;
à Crane operation with main boom, p. 9 - 44.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.1.2 Check the condition of the all-terrain crane
Visual inspection Walk around the all-terrain crane and look out in particular for leaking oil,
fuel or coolant.
G
Danger if the crane cannot be unrigged
If oil is lost, you may no longer be able to move the crane. Not even in emer-
gency mode.
O
Risk of environmental damage due to leaking consumables!
Immediately repair or have repaired oil, fuel and coolant leakages.
This prevents oil or fuel from seeping into the ground or polluting waters.
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Checking the posi- The hoist mirrors need to be folded out; à p. 5 - 5.

tion of the hoist
ropes
G
Risk of crushing due to turning rope drum
Keep away from the rope drum while it is turning.
This will prevent your limbs from being drawn in and getting crushed.
• Always check the entire length of the wind-

ing of the ropes (1).
• Slowly perform the Lowering movement
until the rope has moved over a complete
width (X) of the rope drum.
– The rope needs to be evenly wound.
– The rope turns on the drum must be
evenly spaced at a distance of 0 to 2 mm
– The cross-over points must offset by
approximately 180°.
H
The ropes of the top layer lie over the ropes of the bottom layer at the cross-
over points.
Checking the elec- • Check the following functions and have faulty parts repaired.
trical system
– Working area spotlight, air traffic control light,
– Rotating beacons,
13.05.2015

Crane operation
– Windscreen wipers, windscreen washing system,
– Horn.
9.1.3 Checking the safety equipment
G
Risk of accident when working with faulty safety devices.
It is prohibited to operate the crane with safety devices that are faulty, over-
ridden or out of service.
Have faulty safety devices repaired immediately by Manitowoc Crane Care.
Rated capacity • Switch on the rated capacity limiter, do all of the checks and enter the cur-
limiter rent rigging mode; à Switch on the RCL, p. 9 - 15.
The RCL is working correctly at this point in time if no error message is
pending and if crane movements have been enabled.
If the RCL is not working correctly, do not start work with the crane but
notify Manitowoc Crane Care.
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Lifting limit switch • Raise the main boom until the hook block is lifted off the ground.
• Slowly perform the Raise movement until the hook block lifts the lifting
limit switch weight.
• Now check whether the Raise movement is switched off and lamp (1)
lights up.
• Check that the Lower and Extend movements are also switched off.
The RCL is working correctly at this point in time if the lamp (1) lights up and
the movements Raise, Lower and Extend are switched off.
If the lift limit switch is not working correctly, do not start work with the
crane but notify Manitowoc Crane Care.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Emergency stop • Set down the load and let go of both control levers.
switch
• Press the emergency switch (1) so that it
engages – symbol (2) red.
• Check whether the engine stops.
• Turn the emergency stop switch until it dis-
engages.
• Release the air intake inhibitor if required;
à Air intake inhibitor, p. 4 - 15.
If the emergency off switch is not working correctly, do not start work with
the crane but notify Manitowoc Crane Care.
H
Do not operate the emergency stop switch to turn off the engine in normal
operation. Only operate the emergency stop switch in an emergency situa-
tion.
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Seat contact This check is carried out together with the dead man's switch.
switch
G
Danger of accident if the seat contact switch is faulty
Always stand inside the cab when you do this check.
If you stand next to the cab, you may be pushed off the carrier if the super-
structure slews as a result of a faulty dead man's switch.
Checks while stationary

• Do not sit down on the cab seat.
• Do not press any dead man's switch (1).
• Move the control levers one after the other for all the crane movements
and check whether all the crane movements are switched off.
Checks during operation

– Dead man's switch
• Do not sit down on the cab seat.
• Press the right dead man's switch (1) and slowly lift the hook block.
• With the control lever actuated, let go of the right dead man's switch
and check whether the crane movement comes to a standstill within
approx. 3 seconds.
• Repeat the check with the dead man's switch on the left control lever.
– Seat contact switch

• Do not press any dead man's switch (1).
• Sit down on the cab seat and slowly lift the hook block.
• With the control lever actuated, stand up and check whether the crane
movement comes to a standstill within approx. 3 seconds.
If the dead man's switch system is not working correctly, do not start work
with the crane but notify Manitowoc Crane Care.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.1.4 Earthing the load
Even if the all-terrain crane is already earthed ( à

p. 10 - 11), the load may
become charged with static electricity. For example, if a hook block with
synthetic sheaves or non-conducting sling gear is used.
B
Risk of accidents due to electric shock!
Always earth the load before operating the crane:
– Near strong transmitters (radio transmitters, radio stations, etc.),
– near high-frequency switchgears,
– if a thunderstorm is forecast.
If the load is charged with static electricity, you must always earth the load
before touching it.
Use electrically conducting material for earth-

ing.
• Hammer a metal rod (4) (length approx.
2.0 m) at least 1.5 m deep into the ground.
• Dampen the soil around the metal rod (4) for
better conductivity.
• Clamp an insulated cable (3) to the metal
rod (4) (cross-section of at least 16 mm²).
• Clamp the other end of the cable (3) to a
metal rod (2) with an insulated grip (1).
B
Ensure that the connections between the cable and the metal rods are elec-
trically conductive. When earthing, hold the metal rod only by the insulated
handle and keep a sufficient distance to the metal rod in the ground.
• Hold the metal rod firmly by its insulated handle (1).

• To earth, touch the load with the metal rod.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.1.5 Locking/unlocking the superstructure
The superstructure can be locked mechanically to the carrier using the lock.
The locking state is not monitored by the crane control system.
Locking point The superstructure can be locked in position 0° to the front.
• Open the Monitoring submenu (1) if necessary.
The display (1) will show the current superstructure position.

• Slew to locking point at 0°.
Locking the super- The superstructure must be at the locking point.

structure
(A) – Lock
• Pull out the lever (1) as far as possible.
• Turn the lever (1) left or right.
(B) – Unlock
• Position the lever (1) vertically and press as
far as it will go.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Blank page
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.2 Operation of the rated capacity limiter

The rated capacity limiter is abbreviated to RCL (Rated-Capacity-Limiter) in
these operating instructions.
If the all-terrain crane's current rigging mode is registered properly, the RCL
will prevent the permissible lifting capacity from being exceeded and the
all-terrain crane from being overloaded.
G
Risk of accident due to incorrectly set RCL
Before operating the crane, ensure that the current rigging mode is cor-
rectly entered. An incorrect entry will give you a false sense of security.
This results in the all-terrain crane overloading and causing an accident.
The current rigging mode is registered via

– measured values,
– manual input and
– specified values.
Registered based on Registered based on Specified values

measured values manually entered
values
– Main boom length – Angle of the lattice – Counterweight
– Main boom angle extension1) – Length of lattice
– Current load – Reeving extension
– Outrigger span2) – Outrigger span3)
1)
Lattice extension – inclinable
2)
For versions with outrigger span monitoring
3)
For versions without outrigger span monitoring
During the operation of the crane, a visual and acoustic early warning is
issued before the load limit is reached and then the functions are shut down
that would lead into the overload range.
G
Risk of accident due to overridden or faulty RCL
The RCL must never be overridden.
It is prohibited to work if the RCL is switched off, overridden, out of service
or faulty.
G
Danger of overturning in two-hook operation
13.05.2015
The rated capacity limiter only ensures safety for single hook operation.
Two-hook operation is not permitted.

Crane operation
9.2.1 Switch on the RCL
H
The RCL will not be switched off if you turn the ignition key to position R
instead of position 0 to restart the engine. This means that the test program
will not run and you will not have to acknowledge the settings again.
Switching on The RCL is switched on together with the ignition.

• Switch on the ignition.
A test programme runs after switching on the ignition. A continuous buzzer
tone sounds for about 2 seconds and a lamp test is performed.
• Check whether you can hear a buzzer tone.
G
Risk of accident if the safety devices are faulty.
If the lamps or buzzer fail, notify Manitowoc Crane Care and have the error
corrected.
In the meantime, pay particular attention to the lamps in the event of a fail-
ure of the buzzer tone and vice versa.
Lamp test
• Check that lamps (1) light up briefly after
turning on the ignition.
If the specified time is insufficient, switch on
the ignition again.
If one or more lamps do not light up, refer to

s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
After the test program:

– the lamps (1) and (2) light up,
– all power units are disabled.
The current display depends on whether the RCL either:
– was switched off for up to 48 hours, or
– was switched off for more than 48 hours.
After a standstill of up to 2 hours

The Monitoring submenu will open.
The last set rigging mode will be displayed,
and symbols (1) and (2) will be green and
flash.
You can accept the displayed values if they
correspond to the current rigging mode:
• Press button (3) once – symbols (1) and (2)
will stop flashing.
Lamps (1) and (2) will go out. The RCL code has been applied.
If no error message is displayed, the RCL is set for crane operation and
crane movements are enabled; à
Checks before operating the crane, p. 9 - 26.
If an error is present, a symbol is shown; à Display in the event of errors,

p. 9 - 34.
You must re-enter the current rigging mode if the displayed values do not
correspond to the current rigging mode of the all-terrain crane; à
Entering
the rigging mode, p. 9 - 18.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
After a standstill of more than 2 hours

The Enter rigging mode submenu will open.
Display (2) will show RCL code 1100 – the cor-
responding rigging mode will be displayed.
The display (1) shows the last reeving entered,
e.g. 1.
• Enter the current rigging mode; à p. 9 - 18.
Brightness of the The brightness of the RCL display will adjust automatically to the ambient
displays lighting after turning on the ignition.
Do not cover the sensor and keep it clean to avoid affecting the regulation
of the brightness.
You can also adjust the brightness manually; à Display – setting the bright-
ness, p. 4 - 7.
Temperature on
the display
Do not cover the sensor and keep it clean to avoid affecting the regulation
of the temperature.
If the temperature on the display is too high, the brightness is reduced auto-
matically.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.2.2 Entering the rigging mode
For a complete rigging mode input, you must enter, confirm and accept the
rigging mode and the reeving.
• Open the Enter rigging mode (1) submenu if necessary.
There are two ways of entering the current rig-

ging mode.
– Either enter the individual components (1)
to (4) one after the other.
– Or enter the RCL code (5) and the
reeving (2).
The newly entered rigging mode must then be
– confirmed with (6)
and
– apply with (7).
The following section describes the input procedure based on the individual
components. If you want to enter the rigging mode based on the RCL code;
à Entering the RCL code, p. 9 - 23.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Entering individ- With this type of input, select all the components of the rigging mode one
ual components after the other.
G
Danger of overturning due to incorrectly set rigging mode
Values which have already been set may change when entering individual
components. For this reason, you should always compare the displayed
rigging mode with the current rigging mode of the all-terrain crane after
making the entry. This prevents the RCL from calculating with incorrectly
set components and the all-terrain crane from becoming overloaded or
from overturning.
When re-entering the rigging mode com-

pletely, you can prevent already entered com-
ponents from changing by making entries in
the following order:
– Boom system (1)
– Outrigger span (3)
– Slewing range (4)
The entry for the counterweight (2) is not
active. The counterweight cannot be changed.
The rated capacity limiter always assumes a
counterweight of 5 t.
In this order, the values that can be selected for the current entry are always
restricted by the previous entry. As a result, already entered values do not
change.
When entering the components, the corresponding RCL code (2) is dis-
played at the same time.
Then you must enter the current reeving (1) and accept the indicated rigging
mode.
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
To switch on input mode

• Select one of the desired components (1)
to (3).
The corresponding symbol goes red.
Direction arrows appear on the display.
Input mode is switched on.
Selecting values
With the input mode switched on, you can select values that are permissible
according to the Lifting capacity table.
The procedure for selecting is described based on the example of the reev-
ing – display (1) red.
• Confirm the selection – symbols (2) and (3) are shown.

• Select with (2) or (3), until the display (1) shows the rigged reeving.
2 higher reeving
3 lower reeving

The display (5) shows the corresponding RCL code.
The display (4) indicates the maximum load for the displayed rigging mode
and the displayed reeving.
You can cancel the input at any time. Press button (1) or (2).
13.05.2015

Crane operation
After the selection procedure, there are three

options:
– Cancel input mode:
• Press the button (3) or (4) once – the main
menu is opened.
– Switching over the input mode:
• Select and confirm a symbol (1) for the next
component – symbol red.
– Accept the displayed rigging mode:
• Select and confirm the symbol (2);
à Accepting the rigging mode, p. 9 - 24.
Enter the other components of the current rigging mode in the same way.
– Boom system
• Use the buttons (6) or (7) to select the rigged
boom system.
2 Main boom
3 Main boom with lattice extension

lattice extension angle.
The display for the lattice extension length (5)
is not active. The lattice extension length can-
not be changed. The rated capacity limiter
always assumes a lattice extension length of
8 m.
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
– Outrigger span
outrigger span.
The display indicates half the outrigger span
each on the left and right, e.g. 3.05 m for the
outrigger span 6.10 m with outrigger
span A.
The outrigger span is monitored if additional

equipment is used. You must check the outrig-
ger span when entering the rigging mode.
X.X° The display is identical for all outrigger
beams.
X.Xt
X.XXm
X.Xt • Check display.
X.Xm X.X% (1) – the display lights up red.
The required outrigger span is not rigged.
X.X° X.Xm • Rig the required outrigger span.
X.XXt
(2) – the display does not light up red.
X.X°
The required outrigger span is rigged.
X.Xm
13.05.2015

Crane operation
– Slewing range
• Use the buttons (2) or (3) to select the
required slewing range, e.g. 360°.
You can only confirm rigging modes for slew-
ing ranges other than 360°:
– if the slewing gear is switched off in the

0°/180°/free on wheels working position.
– if the superstructure is in the entered slew-
ing range. If necessary, first enter the 360°
slewing range and slew the superstructure
into the required position.
Entering the You must enter the RCL code for the rigging mode according to the Lifting
RCL code capacity table.
• Refer to the Lifting capacity table for the current rigging mode. The corre-
sponding RCL code (1) is specified at the bottom of the table (e.g. 1100).

• Use the buttons (2) or (3) to select the
required RCL code.
The other displays will show the correspond-
ing rigging mode.
Now you can enter the reeving and accept the

rigging mode.
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Entering the Entering the reeving does not have an effect on any other component that
reeving has already been entered.
• Select the symbol for the hoist with which

you wish to lift the load.
1 Symbol for main hoist
2 Symbol for auxiliary hoist

reeving.
Accepting the Prior to crane operation, you must confirm and accept the newly entered
rigging mode rigging mode.
Confirming and applying the rigging mode

If the rigging mode is permissible, the symbol (1) turns red.
The Monitoring submenu is opened and the rigging mode is applied.
If the rigging mode is not permissible, the symbol (1) is not available for
selection – symbol (1) grey.
• Check whether the current rigging mode of the all terrain crane corre-
sponds to the displayed rigging mode.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
G
If the current rigging mode varies from the displayed rigging mode, the
maximum load displayed by the RCL will not correspond to the actually
permissible lifting capacity according to the Lifting capacity table.
Overloading and accidents will be the result.
• Check:
– 1 the rigged counterweight
X.X°
– 2 the rigged outrigger span
– 3 the slewing range for the planned job
X.Xt
X.XXm – 4 the number of reeved rope lines
X.Xt
X.X% – 5 the length of the rigged lattice exten-
X.Xm
sion
X.X° X.Xm – 6 the angle of the rigged lattice exten-
X.XXt sion – inclinable
X.X° Xm Xm – 7 the hoist that is switched on – switch
X.Xm Xm Xm
over hoists; à p. 9 - 27
For the rigging mode, the following is dis-

played:
A The permissible working range of the lattice extension

B The RCL code
C The permissible working range of the main boom
D The maximum load
• If you need to correct values, press button (1) or (2).

The Enter rigging mode submenu opens.
If the current rigging mode is displayed, press button (1) or (2). The Monitor-
ing submenu opens and the crane movements are enabled provided no
error is pending; à p. 9 - 26.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.2.3 Checks before operating the crane
Opening the sub- Crane operation is only enabled when the Monitoring submenu is open.
menu After a standstill of less than 2 hours and after accepting a rigging mode, the
Monitoring submenu will open automatically.
You can also open the submenu manually.

• Open the main menu and select the symbol (1).
The Monitoring submenu will open.
H
You can only quit the RCL monitoring submenu when all crane movements
have stopped – control lever in zero position.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Checks • Check whether the current rigging mode of the all terrain crane corre-
sponds to the displayed rigging mode.
G
If the current rigging mode varies from the displayed rigging mode, the
maximum load displayed by the RCL will not correspond to the actually
permissible lifting capacity according to the Lifting capacity table.
Overloading and accidents will be the result.
• Check:
1 the boom system where necessary
2 the lattice extension angle where neces-
sary
3 the hoist that is switched on
4 the number of reeved rope lines
5 the rigged outrigger span
Hoists display
The symbol for the hoist with which the load is to be lifted must be shown
in green.
must be shown in green if the load is to be raised with the
Symbol (1):
main hoist.
must be shown in green if the load is to be raised with the
Symbol (2):
auxiliary hoist.
• Switch over the display if necessary; à Example of how to switch over the
display, p. 9 - 28.
• If you need to correct values, press the button (1) or (2) and open the Enter
rigging mode (3) submenu.
You can start working with the all-terrain crane if the current rigging mode
of the crane is displayed.
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Example of how to switch over the display

The load should be raised with the main hoist, for example. However, the
symbol (2) for the auxiliary hoist is shown in green and the symbol (1) for the
main hoist is shown in red.
Switch over the display as follows:

• Switch off both hoists. Press the switch (3) and
(4) bottom – Symbols (1) and (2) red.
• Switch on the main hoist. Press the switch (3) top – symbols (1) green.
The symbol (1) for the main hoist is now green.
The display (1) shows the last entered reeving value for the main hoist, e.g. 9.
If no reeving has been entered yet, the RCL selects reeving 1.
• If necessary, enter the current reeving; à p. 9 - 24.
G
After switching over the hoists, always check whether the displayed reev-
ing value corresponds to the current reeving value of the displayed hoist
and, if necessary, enter the current reeving value.
In this way, you can prevent the RCL from making calculations based on an
incorrect reeving value and the all-terrain crane from becoming overloaded
or from overturning.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.2.4 Displays during crane operation
The following information is constantly displayed in addition to the displays

of the rigging mode:
The current main boom length
Shows the current main boom length in metres (m) or feet (ft).
The current working radius

Shows the current working radius = horizontal distance between the turn-
table axis and the hook block axis.
The displayed value is calculated on the basis of the telescoping and the
main boom or lattice extension angle.
The value is displayed either in metres (m) or feet (ft), depending on the set-
ting.
The current main boom angle

Shows the current main boom angle in relation to the horizontal. Angles
below the horizontal are displayed with a minus sign, e.g. –3°.
The current overall height

Overall height = vertical distance between the lower edge of the outrigger
pad and the highest point of the main boom or lattice extension. The dis-
played value applies to fully extended support cylinders on the largest out-
rigger span.
The value is displayed either in metres (m) or in feet (ft), depending on the
setting.
The current angle of the lattice extension

Shows the angle of the lattice extension corresponding to the RCL code in
degrees.
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
The current lattice extension length

Shows the current lattice extension length in metres (m) or feet (ft).
The counterweight
Shows the counterweight in tonnes (t).
The current slewing angle

Shows the angle of the current superstructure position.
0° means that the superstructure is slewed to the front.
A full turn from this working position is divided into two semi-circles.
– Angles in the left semi-circle are displayed as positive values (0° to
180.0°).
– Angles in the right semi-circle will be shown as negative (0° to –179.9°).
The currently raised load

The display shows the sum of the payload + lifting gear + hook block.
The maximum load

The display shows the maximum load that can be lifted in the current rig-
ging mode with the current working radius.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
The degree of utilisation

The degree of utilisation shows the weight of the current load as a percent-
age of the maximum possible load. Display (1) shows the percentage value.
Display (2) shows the ranges in different colours:
Green: 0 - 90%
Yellow: approx. 90 - 100%
Red: greater than 100%
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.2.5 RCL pre-warning
If about 90% of the maximum permissible load

is exceeded, an RCL pre-warning will be
issued.
– An intermittent buzzer tone will sound.

After five seconds, you can switch off the
buzzer tone using button (2).
– The lamp (3) lights up.
– Display (1) shows the current degree of utili-

sation, e.g. 91%; the bar is yellow.
H
If the current crane continues to move in the same direction, there will be an
RCL shutdown.
9.2.6 RCL switch-off
There are different types of RCL shutdown:

– Shutdown due to overload
– Shutdown due to an error; à Error message with shutdown, p. 12 - 20.
Shutdown due to If about 100% of the maximum permissible load is exceeded, shutdown will
overload occur due to overload.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
– All crane movements which increase the

load moment will be switched off.
– A continuous buzzer tone will sound.
– Lamps (5) and (6) light up.
– Display (1) shows the current degree of utili-

sation, e.g. 100%; the bar is red.
– The value on display (2) is equal to or
greater than the value on display (3).
Cancelling a shutdown
• Turn off the buzzer tone if necessary.
• Leave the shutdown range by moving the crane according to the follow-
ing table.
Switched off crane movements Permitted crane movements

Lift loads Lower loads
Lower the main boom Raising the main boom1)
Extend the main boom Retracting the main boom1)
Slewing to the left Slewing to the right
Slewing to the right Slewing to the left
H
1)
In some cases, the RCL will also switch off these movements. In this case,
leave the shutdown range through other enabled movements. If this is
not possible, set down the load.
The crane movements are released when you have left the shutdown
area – lamps (1) and (2) go out.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.2.7 Display in the event of errors
If an error occurs, it will be displayed as fol-

lows.
– Depending on the type of error, the buzzer
tone sounds once or as a continuous buzzer
tone.
– The symbol is displayed in the display
area (1).
Further indications depend on the type of
error; à Symbols in the error or information dis-
play areas, p. 12 - 17.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.2.8 RCL override
If the RCL is overridden, the crane operation is not monitored and the
switched off crane movements are enabled again. Once the RCL is switched
off, there are three options for overriding:
– During rigging, you can override the RCL shutdown or the lifting limit
switch for rigging work; à
When rigging, p. 9 - 36.
– You can release the raise boom function to leave the shutdown area;
à To raise the boom, p. 9 - 37.
– In an emergency, you can override the RCL shutdown completely;
à In emergencies, p. 9 - 38.
Overview status
display
The lamps (5) to (7) of the status display (3) light up or flash depending on
the RCL degree of utilization and button confirmations.
Degree of utilisation
Switch pressed 0 - 90% approx. greater
90 - 100% than 100%
No switch Display (5) Display (6) Display (7)
(normal operation) green yellow red:
Key-operated Display (6)

Display (5) Display (6)
switch (2) override yellow,
green yellow
for rigging flashing
Button (1) Display (5) Display (6) Display (5)

Raising green yellow green, flashing
Button (4) RCL

Display (7) red, Display (7) red, Display (7) red,
override in case of
flashing flashing flashing
emergency
13.05.2015
s
Crane operation
When rigging For rigging work, you can:

– override the lifting limit switch or
– override the RCL and thus enable a degree of utilisation of up to 110%.
S
Risk of accident due to accidental override
The key must not remain in the key-operated switch while the crane is oper-
ating.
This prevents the RCL from overriding unintentionally.
Overriding the lifting limit switch

• Turn the key-operated switch (1) once anti-
clockwise.
Once the lifting limit switch has been acti-
vated, the crane movement will only be
stopped once and will then no longer be
monitored.
RCL override
• Turn the key-operated switch (1) once clock-
wise.
Now a degree of utilisation of up to 110% is
enabled.
After overriding
– The status indicator will light up red.
– The RCL will show an information code; à Display error/information sym-
bols, p. 9 - 39.
– If you do not trigger a control lever movement within 10 seconds after the
override, you must press the key-operated switch again.
– The speed of the movements which increase the load moment is reduced
to 15%.
Cancelling the override

The override will be cancelled when you:
– press the key-operated switch again, or
– do not activate the control lever for 10 seconds, or
– switch off the ignition.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
To raise the boom You can release the raise boom function for derricking again within the per-
mitted working range.
The button (1) is only active if the current degree of utilization lies above
100% and the crane movements are switched off.
Raise main boom

• Press the button (1) up once.
– Raising is enabled.
– The RCL will show an information code; à p. 9 - 35.
– The speed will then be reduced to 50%.
– The status display (2) will flash green.
• Raise the main boom until the degree of utilisation is less than 100%.
– The crane movements will then be enabled again.
– The button (1) has no function.
H
The raising of the main boom will be shut down if the main boom angle is
too great. Then all you can do is set the load down.
Switch off function

– For degree of utilization above 100%
The function will be switched off if you:
– press switch (1) up again, or
– switch off the ignition.
– For degree of utilization below 100%

The function is switched off automatically.
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
In emergencies During this type of override, the complete shutdown of the RCL is cancelled
and no monitoring takes place.
G
It is not permitted to work with an overridden or faulty RCL.
Set down the load immediately and stop operating the crane if the RCL is
faulty.
You may only override the RCL if it becomes absolutely necessary in the
event of an emergency. This is to put the truck crane into a safe state in the
event of a malfunction. In this case, do not perform any movements that
would increase the load moment.
S
Risk of accident due to accidental override
The key must not remain in the key-operated switch while the crane is oper-
ating.
This prevents the RCL from overriding unintentionally.
Cancelling a shutdown
• Open the cover (1).
• Press button (2) up.
– All crane movements are enabled for
30 minutes.
– The RCL will show an information code;
à p. 9 - 39.
– The power unit speeds are reduced to
15%.
– The status display (3) will flash red.
– At a degree of utilisation over 110% the
warning signal will sound.
Cancelling the override

The override will be cancelled when you:
– Switch off the ignition or
– Press the button again.
The override will automatically be cancelled 30 minutes after the button has
been pressed.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Display error/ The following symbols are shown during an RCL override.
information
symbols
Symbol Cause Solution

Key-operated rigging switch – Start the engine;
pressed, no override effective – Reduce degree of utilisation to less than
110%
– Move the control lever within 10 sec-
onds after operation
Raise switch pressed, no override – Start the engine;
effective – Press switch again
Override RCL switch pressed, no – Start the engine;
override effective – Press switch again
Information code:
Key-operated rigging switch
pressed, override effective
Information code:
Raise switch pressed, override No measures required
effective
Information code:
Override RCL switch pressed, over-
ride effective
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.2.9 Displaying the lifting capacity tables
Opening the submenu

• Stop all crane movements – control lever in initial position
• Open the menu Lifting capacity table (1).
The Lifting capacity table submenu opens.

The lights (1) light up and all crane movements are blocked.
Displaying tables
The lifting capacity table (3) applies to
– the entered RCL code (4) and
– the current telescope status.
The maximum load (2) applies to working

radius (1).
Use buttons (5) or (6) to display further values

in long tables.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Curve (1) shows the permissible working

range for the entered RCL code (2) and the cur-
rent telescope status.
The working range ends at the maximum pos-
sible working radius (3). Reduction of the
working radius increases the enabled load
along the curve (1) up to the maximum pos-
sible load (4). There has to be enough reeving
for this load.
The cross (5) indicates the position in the
working range for the current load and the cur-
rent working radius.
Exiting the submenu

• Press the button (1) or (2) once – the start menu is opened.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.2.10 Entering the time/date
• Open the Settings menu.

An arrow (2) appears above and below the dis-
play (3).
• Select and confirm an arrow (2) to change a
value.
• Confirm the value – the arrows (2) go out.
• Select the next display to enter another
value.
3 Day
4 Month
5 Year
6 Hours
7 Minutes
8 Display 12/24 hours
9 Display morning/afternoon
You can cancel the input at any time. Press button (1) or (2).
None of the values will be changed.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Blank page
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.3 Crane operation with main boom
9.3.1 Checks during crane operation
Horizontal During crane operation, the all-terrain crane may tilt if the ground gives way
alignment due to varying loads.
G
Risk of accidents if the all-terrain crane is not level!
The RCL calculates the working radius from the length and angle of the
main boom. The actual working radius changes and there is a danger of the
crane overturning if the all-terrain crane is not level.
• Check the horizontal alignment of the crane during crane operation on the
display; à p. 10 - 27.
Due to deformation of the frame, the horizontal alignment can change by up
to 2° when the superstructure is turned from the 0° or 180° position.
If the all-terrain crane does not return to the horizontal position after being
turned back to the 0° or 180° position, you must immediately determine the
cause and eliminate it and, if necessary, realign the crane. Observe the posi-
tion of the superstructure when doing so; à Levelling the all-terrain crane on
outriggers, p. 10 - 27.
Safe distances During crane operation, always ensure that the all-terrain crane and the load
are at a sufficiently large distance to objects and persons. Pay particular
attention to objects that pose a direct danger (e.g. gas containers or scaf-
folding).
Keep a safe distance away from electrical lines; à Safe distance from electrical
cables, p. 10 - 12.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Checking the wind Strong winds can result in the all-terrain crane becoming overloaded.
speed • Prior to and during crane operation, check whether the current wind
speed is lower than the maximum permissible wind speed.
Maximum permissible wind speed

The maximum permissible wind speed (1) for the current rigging mode is
specified at the bottom of the corresponding Lifting capacity table.
In certain cases, the specified permissible wind speed must be reduced;
à Lifting capacity table.
Current wind speed

You can find out the current or expected wind speed from the responsible
weather stations.
The Lifting capacity table contains an overview of the wind strengths, wind
speeds and their effects.
If the maximum permissible wind speed is exceeded

No automatic shutdown occurs if the maximum permissible wind speed is
exceeded.
• Immediately cease crane operation.
• Put the all-terrain crane into the rigging mode specified for the current
wind speed in the Lifting capacity table.
G
Risk of accidents from excessively high wind speeds
If the current wind speed is higher that the maximum permissible wind
speed, immediately stop operating the crane and set up the corresponding
rigging mode Lifting capacity table.
This prevents the all terrain crane from overturning due to overloading.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.3.2 Permissible slewing ranges and working positions
The following ranges are permissible for crane operation according to the
Lifting capacity table.
360° slewing • Support the all-terrain crane with the outrigger span required according
range to the Lifting capacity table.
• Enter an RCL code for the 360° slewing range according to the Lifting
capacity table; à Entering the rigging mode, p. 9 - 18.
• Observe the additional information if the all-terrain crane is free on
wheels; à Free-on-wheels working position, p. 9 - 47.
Working position • Support the all-terrain crane with the outrigger span required according
0° to the front to the Lifting capacity table.
• Slew the superstructure to the front into the 0° position.
• Switch off the slewing gear; à p. 9 - 92.
• Enter an RCL code for the working position 0° to the front according to Lift-
ing capacity table; à Entering the rigging mode, p. 9 - 18.
The RCL will only accept this code if the slewing gear has been switched
off and the superstructure is in the 0° position.
H
All slewing operations are disabled if an RCL code is entered for the 0° to the
front working position. An RCL shutdown will be triggered if you switch on
the slewing gear. To acknowledge the shutdown, you must:
– Either shut down the slewing gear
– Or, if slewing is permissible ( à
p. 10 - 29), set down the load and enter
an RCL code for the 360° slewing range.
• Observe the additional information if the all-terrain crane is free on
wheels; à Main hoist, p. 9 - 48. 13.05.2015

Crane operation
Working position The same lifting capacity tables and RCL codes apply to this position as to
180° to the rear the 360° slewing range.
Free-on-wheels With the all-terrain crane free on wheels

working position – before crane work in the 360° slewing range and
– after crane work in the 0° to the front working position
note the following point:
• Bring the main boom to a radius permissible for the working range (not
less than 5 m), before slewing the superstructure.
G
Danger of overturning if the all-terrain crane is free-standing
When the all-terrain crane is free-standing the superstructure may only be
slewed when the permissible load for the working range, as specified in the
Lifting capacity table, is adhered to (at least 5.0 m).
Prior to entering an RCL code for the Free-on-wheels working position you
have to:
– Support the all-terrain crane,
– slew the superstructure into the 0° to the front position,
– shut down the slewing gear,
– put the all-terrain crane on the wheels.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.3.3 Main hoist
You can reeve the hoist rope of the main hoist on the main boom or on the
lattice extension.
G
Risk of accident from accidentally operating a hoist
Always switch off the hoist that is not in use.
Never operate the hoist if the hook block is unreeved and the hoist rope is
completely wound onto the drum.
– The rope will slacken in the course of the Lower movement. Rope loops
will form, which can cause the load to slip and destroy the hoist rope
– The switch-off point of the lowering limit switch shifts in the course of the
Raise movement. The lowering limit switch will lose its function as a
safety device.
G
Risk of accident when raising loads at an angle
Loads can bend the main boom, resulting in the hoist rope no longer being
aligned in a vertical position. Compensate for the bend by lowering the
boom so that the load will be lifted vertically. In this way, you can prevent
the load from dragging and helpers from being injured.
Inform all helpers about this issue.
G
Danger due to slack rope!
Only use hook blocks and sling gear of the minimum weight prescribed in
the Lifting capacity table, depending on the reeving and boom length. This
prevents slack rope developing at large heights when lifting without a load.
This can result in the load slipping during subsequent lifting procedures.
You can have the operating hours (1) of the hoist displayed; à p. 9 - 98.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Switching on the After the ignition is switched on, all of the power units will be switched off
main hoist and the lamps in the corresponding buttons will only light up dimly.
• Check whether the auxiliary hoist is switched off and therefore secured
against unintentional operation.
– The lamp in button (1) should light up only dimly.
– Symbol (2) must be red.
• Press the button (1) once.

– The lamp in button (1) lights up brightly.
– Symbol (2) is green when the main hoist is switched on.
• Check that the current reeving of the main hoist is displayed, e.g. 4. Cor-
rect the reeving if necessary; à p. 9 - 24.
Lifting and lower- You can adjust the sensitivity of the control levers to suit the operating con-
ing ditions;à Setting the characteristic curves for the control levers, p. 9 - 96.
G
Risk of accident due to gaps in monitoring
Operation of the hoist will only be monitored fully if:
à
– the lifting limit switch is correctly installed; p. 10 - 46,
– the lifting limit switch is not overridden; à p. 9 - 54,
– the lowering limit switch is correctly set; à p. 9 - 54.
G
Risk of accidents due to suspended loads!
Never turn off the engine with a load suspended. You must have the control
levers at hand in order to intervene at any time.
Always set down the load before you leave the cab.
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Raising: • Pull the control lever backwards.

Lowering: • Push the control lever forwards.
When the hoist drum is turning, you will notice a pulse on the slewing indi-
cator (1).
You can regulate the speed by moving the control lever and changing the
engine speed with the accelerator.
You can set the desired engine speed (idling speed) with button (1);
à p. 4 - 12.
You can limit the maximum hoist speed; à p. 9 - 94.
You can switch on the high-speed mode for a higher speed; à p. 9 - 85.
Switching off the If you no longer require the main hoist, you should switch it off to avoid
main hoist unintentional use.

– The lamp in the button (1) will light up dimly.
– Symbol (2) is red when the main hoist is switched off.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.3.4 Auxiliary hoist
G
Risk of accident when operating the auxiliary hoist
Read and observe all of the safety instructions in the section titled Main
hoist, p. 9 - 48 before operating the auxiliary hoist.
All safety instructions for the operation of the main hoist also apply to the
auxiliary hoist, along with the information in this section.
G
Risk of accident due to a damaged hoist rope
If you reeve the auxiliary hoist rope in addition to the main hoist rope, make
sure the hoist ropes do not rub against each other and that the auxiliary
hoist rope does not touch the rotating flanged wheel of the main hoist dur-
ing subsequent operation. Raise the main boom to at least 20° before lifting
loads.
This prevents damage to the hoist ropes that results in the ropes tearing.
H
If you run the auxiliary hoist rope over the left head sheave, you must
extend a telescopic section to the middle fixed length before lifting a load.
Otherwise, the rope angle would exceed the maximum permissible value.
You can have the operating hours (1) of the hoist displayed; à p. 9 - 98.
auxiliary hoist and the lamps in the corresponding buttons will only light up dimly.
• Check whether the main hoist is switched off and therefore secured
against unintentional operation.
– The lamp in button (1) should light up only dimly.
– Symbol (2) must be red.

– Symbol (2) is green when the auxiliary hoist is switched on.
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
• Check whether the current reeving of the auxiliary hoist is displayed,

e.g. 6. Correct the reeving if necessary; à p. 9 - 24.
Lifting and You can adjust the sensitivity of the control levers to suit the operating con-
lowering ditions; à Setting the characteristic curves for the control levers, p. 9 - 96.
G
Operation of the hoist will only be monitored fully if:
– The lifting limit switch is correctly rigged;à p. 10 - 46
– the lifting limit switch is not overridden; àp. 9 - 54,
– the lowering limit switch is correctly set; àp. 9 - 54.
G
Raising: • Pull the control lever backwards.

Lowering: • Push the control lever forwards.
When the hoist drum is turning, you will notice a pulse on the slewing indi-
cator (1).
à p. 4 - 12.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
You can limit the maximum hoist speed; à p. 9 - 94.
You can switch on high-speed mode for a higher speed; à p. 9 - 85.
Switching off the If the auxiliary hoist is not required, it should be switched off to avoid unin-
auxiliary hoist tentional use.

– Symbol (2) is red when the auxiliary hoist is switched off.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.3.5 Lifting limit switch and lowering limit switch
Lifting limit switch To install/remove the lifting limit switch; à p. 10 - 46.

The lifting limit switch (1) prevents the hook block from being lifted up to the
main boom head and damaging it.
The lifting limit switch only works if it has been unlocked; à p. 10 - 51.
G
Risk of accident due to intentionally triggering the lifting limit switch
Always complete the hoisting operation (and extending) before raising the
lifting limit switch weight. If the lifting limit switch is lifted at too great a
speed, the hook block may swing into the main boom head and damage the
head sheaves and the hoist rope.
The lifting limit switch will be triggered if:
(A) – the hook block raises the lifting limit

switch weight or
(B) – the lifting limit switch weight touches the

ground upon lowering or
(C) – the lifting limit switch weight is not

attached.
The lifting limit switch will not trigger if it is

locked.
The lamp (1) will light up if the lifting limit switch has been triggered.
At the same time all load moment increasing movements are switched off –
Lifting, lowering, extending the telescopic section.
To cancel the shutdown, leave the shutdown range by performing a differ-
ent crane movement or by setting down the load.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Lifting limit switch override

When overriding, the shutdown of the lifting limit switch is cancelled and
the crane operation is no longer completely monitored; à Overriding the
lifting limit switch, p. 9 - 36.
G
Risk of accident if the lifting limit switch is overridden
You may only override the lifting limit switch if this is specified in the oper-
ating instructions when carrying out maintenance or rigging work.
With the lifting limit switch overridden, you may drive only at the minimum
speed and without a load.
G
If the lifting limit switch is overridden, crane operation is no longer com-
pletely monitored.
When hoisting the lifting limit switch weight, the crane movement will be
stopped once. After moving the control lever again, the crane movement
will again be enabled and will not be switched off again.
Lowering limit
switch
The lowering limit switch (1) prevents the hoist rope from being reeled com-
pletely off the drum.
The lowering limit switch works only if the switch-off point is set correctly
(e.g. after changing a hoist rope); àMaintenance manual.
G
Risk of accident due to incorrect setting or intended triggering
Prior to operating the crane, ensure that the lowering limit switch is set cor-
rectly and always complete the lowering operation before the lowering
limit switch is triggered.
This prevents the hoist rope from becoming damaged due to complete
unreeling or switching off at high speeds, and the load being dropped as a
result.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.3.6 Derricking gear
You can raise and lower the main boom.

Depending on the size of the load and the rigging mode, the RCL will switch
off the lowering process of the boom as soon as the working area specified
in the Lifting capacity table is left.
To lower the boom out of the working range; à Lowering the main boom to a
horizontal position, p. 9 - 59.
H
The derricking gear is not intended for lifting loads. If an overly heavy load
is lifted by derricking, the RCL will switch this process off.
You can have the operating hours (1) of the derricking gear displayed;
à p. 9 - 98.
derricking gear and the lamps in the corresponding buttons will only light up dimly.

– Symbol (2) will be green if the derricking gear is switched on.
If the control lever is assigned more than one function, all other power units
which are assigned the same control lever operation are switched off;
à Control lever configuration, p. 8 - 11
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Raising and lower- You can adjust the sensitivity of the control levers to suit the operating con-
ing ditions;à Setting the characteristic curves for the control levers, p. 9 - 96.
G
Risk of accident due to unexpected crane movements
If assigned more than one function, check whether the Derricking control
lever function is switched on before you move the control lever for derrick-
ing.
This prevents accidents due to unexpected crane movements.
Lowering: • Push the control lever to the right – the main boom is
lowered.
Raising: • Push the control lever to the left – the main boom is
raised.
H
The maximum derricking speed will automatically be reduced as the system
length is increased. If you now reduce the working radius (e.g. by retracting
the telescoping), the derricking speed will automatically be increased again.
à p. 4 - 12.
You can limit the maximum derricking speed; à p. 9 - 94.
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Re-enable raising If the RCL has switched off the raising function due to an overload, you can
function re-enable the raising function with switch (1). The speed will then be
reduced to 50%.
• Press button (1) up once.

• Use the control lever to raise the main boom.
The status display (2) will flash green.
H
The raising of the main boom will be shut down if the main boom angle is
too great. Then all you can do is set the load down.
Switching off the If the derricking gear is not required, it should be switched off to avoid unin-
derricking gear tentional use.

– Symbol (2) will be red if the derricking gear is switched off.
If the control lever is assigned more than one function, the derricking gear
will also be switched off if you switch on another power unit which is
assigned to the same control lever movement; à Control lever configuration,
p. 8 - 11.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Lowering the Lowering the boom out of the working range is enabled only without a load
main boom to and if there is a rigging table for the current rigging mode.
a horizontal Enabling is automatic, the rigging tables cannot be entered manually.
position The same tables apply to raising the boom outside of the working range.
• Set down the load.
G
Risk of overturning if the RCL is overridden
Do not under any circumstances override the RCL. If the RCL shuts down
the lowering procedure, the all-terrain crane is in a condition in which the
main boom may not be lowered beyond the working range (e.g. the load or
working radius is too large).
The all-terrain crane will overturn if you continue to lower the boom with
the RCL overridden.
• Lower the main boom.

The RCL switches off the lowering procedure at about 10 – 15° if there are
no rigging tables for the current rigging mode. In this case, you must bring
the all-terrain crane into a rigging mode for which a rigging table exists (e.g.
retracting, setting down the load, other superstructure position).
All rigging modes for which rigging tables exist can be found in the Lifting
capacity tables.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.3.7 Telescoping mechanism
A telescoping process requires locking and unlocking processes in the main

boom. You can telescope the main boom in two ways.
– Manual telescoping
For manual telescoping, you must initiate all locking and unlocking proc-
esses at the right time.
– Telescoping with semi-automaton

When telescoping with semi-automation, you enter a telescoping value
and CCS controls all the locking and unlocking processes automatically.
You may then need to manually telescope to an intermediate length.
– Telescoping with full automaton

When telescoping with full automation, CCS suggests a maximum tele-
scoping level to be reached without telescoping in beforehand. If you con-
firm the suggested telescoping, CCS controls all locking and unlocking
procedures automatically.
Operation is carried out with the control lever or the telescoping pedal if
rigged with an auxiliary hoist. The control unit CCS still forms part of the
operation. Here you initiate processes, receive feedback and can monitor
the telescoping process.
The CCS display shows various sectional views of the main boom. To make
you familiar with these representations more quickly, the following section
begins with an overview of the telescoping mechanism and a telescoping
process.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Overview This illustration shows the completely retracted main boom with the basic
section (9) and the first three telescopic sections I to III (1) to (3).
Each telescopic section is equipped with two locking pins (7) which are
extended by spring force.
The locking pins (7) are pushed into the cutouts (4) of the telescopic section
above at the locking points – the telescopic section is locked.
The telescoping cylinder is attached to the basic section (9) with the piston
rod (8). The telescoping cylinder has two locking pins (5) at the bottom and
a mechanism at the top (10).
When the telescoping cylinder is positioned at a locking point:
– The locking pins (5) can be extended into the cutouts (6) – the telescoping
cylinder is locked.
– The mechanism (10) engages into the locking pins (7) and can retract
them – the telescopic section is unlocked.
Telescoping This state should be the starting point for a telescoping process. A telescop-
process ing processes consist of 4 steps:
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
1. Unlocking the telescoping cylinder

The locking pins (5) retract – the telescoping
cylinder is unlocked.
2. Moving and locking the telescoping cylinder

The telescoping cylinder moves into the section
to be telescoped, e.g. telescopic section III (3).
The locking pins (5) extend – the telescoping

cylinder is locked.
3. Unlocking the telescopic section

(A) – The telescoping cylinder extends until
the locking pins (7) are clear.
(B) – The mechanism (10) retracts the locking

pins (7) – the telescopic section is unlocked.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
4. Telescoping, locking and setting down a

telescopic section
The telescoping cylinder pushes the telescopic
section to a locking point.
The weight is taken off the mechanism (10).
The locking pins (7) extend into the cutouts (4).
The telescopic section is automatically set

down.
The telescopic cylinder retracts until the lock-

ing pins (7) are positioned on the above tele-
scopic section (1).
The weight of the load is now on the telescopic

sections and not on the telescoping cylinder.
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Assignment for The display CCS shows a sectional view of the main boom in the submenus.
display
The following elements are displayed:
0 Basic section
1 Telescopic section I
2 Telescopic section II
3 Telescopic section III
4 Locking pin on the telescopic section
5 Locking pins on the telescoping cylinder
6 Cutouts, external
7 Cutouts, internal
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Fixed length, There are lifting capacity tables for main boom fixed lengths, main boom
intermediate intermediate lengths and main boom telescoping lengths.
length, telescop- The lengths are automatically detected by the RCL, and the corresponding
ing length lifting capacities according to the Lifting capacity tables are enabled and dis-
played automatically.
Main boom fixed length

Main boom fixed lengths have the greatest lifting capacities. A main boom
fixed length is reached if:
– All telescopic sections are locked to a fixed length
– All telescopic sections are set down.
Main boom intermediate length

A main boom intermediate length is reached if not all telescopic sections are
locked to fixed lengths.
Extend the main boom to the required length before hoisting the load.
You cannot telescope the boom with the specified lifting capacities for main
boom intermediate lengths.
Main boom telescoping length

The main boom is at a telescoping length if it is extended to an intermediate
length and may be telescoped with the current load. The size of the load that
can be telescoped depends on the angle of inclination and on the degree of
lubrication of the main boom.
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Telescoping The position of the telescopic sections, i.e. which telescopic section is
extended to what extent, is referred to as telescoping.
This section only deals with the displays on the RCL. The telescoping is also
shown on the CCS display; à p. 9 - 78.
The RCL displays main boom fixed lengths and main boom intermediate/
telescoping lengths in different ways.
Fixed lengths
Possible fixed lengths are 0%, 50% and 100%.
The locking pins (5) are green.
Intermediate lengths
A Locking pins (5) are black –
e.g. to 35%.
B Locking pins (5) are flashing –
e.g. to 50% and telescopic section is
– unlocked or
– not set down.
Telescoping The telescopic sections can only be telescoped individually, one after the
sequence other.
When Extending you must always extend the telescopic section with the
highest numbering first, then the telescopic section with the second highest
numbering, etc. (e.g. IV, III, II, I).
The telescopic sections are always Retracted in the reverse order of Extend-
ing.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Checks before When the ignition is turned on, CCS registers the displayed telescoping sta-
starting work tus from the current status of the telescoping mechanism and the previ-
ously saved locking and unlocking procedures.
Normally, CCS detects differences between the current and the displayed
telescoping and displays the corresponding error message; à
Malfunctions
in the telescoping mechanism, p. 12 - 11.
If a malfunction results in values being deleted, CCS can no longer calculate

the current telescoping and will not issue an error message.
S
Risk of damage to the telescoping mechanism
Before the first telescoping, always check whether the CCS display is show-
ing the current telescoping.
This prevents the telescoping mechanism from being damaged when tele-
scoping.
• Before telescoping the first boom, compare the telescoping shown on the
CCS display with the current telescoping.
If the current telescope status is not correctly displayed, enter the current
telescope status; à Entering the current telescoping, p. 12 - 40.
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
telescoping and the lamps in the corresponding buttons will only light up dimly.
mechanism

– The symbol (2) will be green if the telescoping mechanism is switched on.
If the control lever is assigned more than one function, all other power units
which are assigned the same control lever operation are switched off;
à Control lever configuration, p. 8 - 11.
You can have the operating hours (1) of the telescoping mechanism dis-
played; à
p. 9 - 98.
Function of the This section only describes the function of the control lever. Before tele-
control lever scoping, a number of prerequisites need to be fulfilled as well.
– Before manual telescoping; à p. 9 - 71.
– Before telescoping with teleautomation; à p. 9 - 80.
You can adjust the sensitivity of the control levers to suit the operating con-
ditions; à
Setting the characteristic curves for the control levers, p. 9 - 96.
G
.
Risk of accident due to unexpected crane movements

In the case of multiple configuration, check whether the control lever func-
tion Telescoping is switched on before you move the control lever for tele-
scoping.
This prevents accidents caused by unexpected derricking.
G
Boom extension will only be monitored completely if
– The lifting limit switch is correctly rigged;à p. 10 - 46
– The lifting limit switch is not overridden; àp. 9 - 54
S
Risk of damage to the hoist rope.
The rope can become slack if the hook block touches the ground during
retraction operations. Rope loops will form, which can cause the load to slip
13.05.2015
and destroy the hoist rope.

Crane operation
The distance between the hook block and the boom head changes during
telescoping. Ensure that the hook block does not trigger the lifting limit
switch or touch the ground.
• Additionally carry out the following movements:
– Lower hoist when extending
– Lift hoist when retracting
The control lever movements for telescoping vary depending on the config-
uration.
– With telescoping assigned to the right-hand lever
To extend: • Push the control lever to the right.

To retract: • Push the control lever to the left.
– With telescoping assigned to the left-hand lever
To extend: • Push the control lever forwards.

To retract: • Pull the control lever backwards.
Function of the If the all-terrain crane is equipped with an auxiliary hoist, telescoping in and
telescoping pedal out must be carried out with the telescoping pedal.
If equipped with a telescoping pedal
1 To extend: • Step on the top of the pedal

2 To retract: • Step on the bottom of the pedal
When telescoping with the telescoping pedal, the same requirements must
be met as for telescoping with the control lever.
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Telescoping will only start if arrow (1) or (2) for the selected telescoping
direction is green.
H
With certain telescoping states, the RCL will switch telescoping off, e.g.
when you leave the telescoping lengths or when the working range limit has
been reached; à RCL switch-off, p. 9 - 32.
à p. 4 - 12.
You can limit the maximum telescoping speed in the Power unit speeds sub-
menu; à p. 9 - 94.
Switching off the If the telescoping mechanism is not required, it should be switched off to
telescoping avoid unintentional use.
mechanism
– The symbol (2) is red if the telescoping mechanism is switched off.
If the control lever is assigned more than one function, the telescoping
13.05.2015
mechanism will also be switched off if you switch on another power unit
which is assigned to the same control lever movement; à Control lever con-
figuration, p. 8 - 11.

Crane operation
Manual telescop- To telescope manually, you must initiate all locking and unlocking proc-
ing esses. The locking and unlocking processes are carried out automatically.
The following sections describe the operating procedures:
– Checking the initial position
– Unlocking the telescoping cylinder; à p. 9 - 73
– Moving the telescoping cylinder (without telescopic section); à p. 9 - 75
– Locking telescoping cylinder; à p. 9 - 76
– Unlocking telescopic section; à p. 9 - 77
– Telescoping the telescopic section; à p. 9 - 78
– Locking the telescopic section; à p. 9 - 79
H
The operating order depends on the current initial position. For an overview
of a telescoping process (example); àp. 9 - 61.
H
The lengths given in the following illustrations are purely sample values,
and may differ from the current display.
Checking the ini- Before telescoping, you must check the following statuses:
tial position – The current telescope status,
– the position of the telescoping cylinder,
– the position of the locking pins.
• To do so, open the main menu and press the button (1) or (2) once.
• Open the Manual telescoping submenu.

If an error (1) is indicated, all operating elements will be disabled;
à Malfunctions in the telescoping mechanism, p. 12 - 11.
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Current telescoping
The display (1) shows how far the telescoping
cylinder is extended, e.g. 98%.
The display (2) shows the current main boom
length.
The display (3) shows the corresponding tele-
scopic section, e.g. telescopic section 3.
Position of the telescoping cylinder

The display (1) shows how far the telescoping
cylinder is extended, e.g. 98%.
If the telescoping cylinder is near a locking
point:
– The display (3) shows the corresponding
telescopic section, e.g. telescopic section 3.
– The display (2) shows one or two arrows,
depending on the distance to the locking
point.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Position of the locking pins

The current positions of the locking pins are:
1 On the telescopic section
2 On the telescoping cylinder
The area (3) shows an enlarged cut-out.

The current settings are shown in different
colours.
– Red: Unlocked
– Green: Locked
– Yellow: Intermediate position
Unlocking the Unlocking the telescoping cylinder is required for the telescoping cylinder
telescoping to be moved separately (without telescopic section).
cylinder The telescoping cylinder and the telescopic section cannot be unlocked
simultaneously.
Prerequisites
– Telescoping mechanism on – symbol (3)
green
– Telescoping cylinder locked – symbol (2)
green
– Telescopic section locked – symbol (1) green
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Unlock
Confirm the selection – the locking pins (2) will
retract.
– Yellow: Intermediate position
– Red: Unlocked
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Extending/retract-
ing the telescop-
ing cylinder
Prerequisites
green
– Telescoping cylinder unlocked – symbol (2)
red
Extending/retracting
• Move the control lever in the corresponding
telescoping direction:
– Extend: Extend
– Retract: Retracting
The telescoping cylinder (2) retracts/extends.
The display (1) shows the currently extended

length, e.g. 80%.
Near a locking point, the symbols (3) show:
– the direction of travel to the locking point:

1 Extending
2 Retracting
3 At the locking point
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
S
Risk of damage to the boom system
If extending and retracting several times does not lead to the lock being
released, you must not telescope any further against the stop.
If removing the load does not cause the lock to be released, you must lock
the telescoping cylinder (à p. 9 - 76) and then restart unlocking.
Lock telescoping The telescoping cylinder must be locked to a telescopic section so that the
cylinder telescopic section can be telescoped.
Prerequisites
green
– Telescoping cylinder unlocked – symbol (2)
red
Lock
• Move the telescoping cylinder to the desired
locking point, e.g. to telescopic section 1.
Wait until the display:
– shows the desired telescopic section (1)
and
– the symbols (4) are shown.
• Confirm the selection – the locking pins (2)
will extend – symbol (2) green.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Unlocking the Unlocking a telescopic section is required for the telescopic section to be tel-
telescopic section escoped.
The telescoping cylinder and the telescopic section cannot be unlocked
simultaneously.
Prerequisites
green
green
Unlock
• Confirm the selection – the locking pins will
retract. Symbol (2) red.
If symbol (2) is not red after approx. 10 sec-
onds, this means that the locking pins are
under load.
To relieve the load, carefully retract and
extend a little.
S
Risk of damage to the boom system
If extending and retracting several times does not lead to the lock being
released, you must not telescope any further against the stop.
If removing the load does not cause unlocking, you must lock the telescopic
13.05.2015
section (à p. 9 - 79) and restart unlocking.
s
Crane operation
Telescoping the You can telescope the telescopic section once it is unlocked.
telescopic section
Prerequisites
green
green
– Telescopic section unlocked – symbol (1)
red
Telescoping
If the requirements for telescoping are met,
the symbol (3) flashes.
• Move the control lever in the desired tele-

scoping direction
The display (1) shows the current extended
length (telescoping in metres).
The current telescope diagram on the display

(2) will change continually.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Locking the tele- Every telescopic section can be locked at the fixed lengths – fixed lengths;
scopic section à p. 9 - 65.
Prerequisites
green
– Telescopic section unlocked – symbol (1)
red
green
Lock
• Telescope to the desired fixed length, e.g.
telescopic section (1) 1 to 100%.
If the symbol (4) is displayed, the telescopic
section must be locked.
• Confirm the selection – the locking pins will
extend. Symbol (2) is green.
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Telescoping with When telescoping with semi-automation, you enter the desired fixed
semi-automaton lengths and then move the control lever in the required direction. Switching
between the telescopic sections is carried out automatically by CCS.
H
If the desired telescoping status is not a fixed length, you can first telescope
to the next closest fixed length with the semi-automation and then tele-
scope further to the desired length manually.
• Switch on the telescoping mechanism; à p. 8 - 71.

• Open the Telescoping semi-automation submenu.
Entering telescope status

• Select a value (5) – enter desired telescoping
for all telescopic sections,
or
• Select a symbol (1) to (4) – enter desired
telescoping for individual telescopic
sections.
• Confirm each selection.
To cancel input – press button (6) or (7) once.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Confirming the entry

– Display symbol (2) – telescoping permitted –
teleautomation on – symbol (4) appears.
– Display symbol (3) – telescoping not permit-
ted – teleautomation off.
Telescoping
• Move the control lever for the displayed
telescoping direction, e.g. for telescoping
out – symbol 4).
– Symbol (1) flashing, for Telescoping out,
– Symbol (2) flashing, for Telescoping in,
– Symbol (3) flashing, for return runs of the telescoping cylinder (without
telescopic section).
End telescoping semi-automation

The teleautomation will stop when the entered
telescope status is reached – symbol (1) go
out.
• Move the control lever to its initial position –
teleautomation off.
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Cancel telescoping semi-automation

• Release the control lever.
If the telescopic sections are at a fixed length,
the current telescoping can be entered as the
telescoping destination.
The display (6) shows the current telescoping:
– Red: Unlocked
– Green: Fixed length and locked
• Enter the current telescoping (1) to (4) and

confirm the selection with (5).
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Telescoping with When telescoping with full automation, you use the suggested maximum
full automaton telescoping and then move the control lever in the required direction.
Switching between the telescopic sections is carried out automatically
by CCS.

• Open the Telescoping full automation submenu.
Display
(1) – possible telescoping
(3) – current telescoping
Use possible telescoping

– Display symbol (4) – telescoping permitted –
telescoping full automation on.
Telescoping
• Move the control lever for the displayed
telescoping direction – symbol (4).
Do not use possible telescoping

• Press button (1) or (2).
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Telescoping the • Derrick the main boom to the horizontal position as described in section
main boom when Lowering the main boom to a horizontal position; à p. 9 - 59.
horizontal The RCL will automatically switch to the corresponding rigging table. This
table specifies the maximum permissible telescoping at which extending
will be switched off (shutdown values à
Lifting capacity table).
• Set down the load.

• Extend the main boom only until the RCL switches off the extension pro-
cedure.
H
If you continue to extend the main boom after an RCL shutdown, you may
enter ranges in which you can neither perform retraction operations nor
raise the boom.
Telescoping with When telescoping with the main boom configuration, after you have
main boom entered a parameter for raising the load you can select a configuration from
configuration the table. After confirming a configuration the Telescoping semi-automation
menu opens.

• Open the Main boom configuration menu (1).
Entering values
• Enter a value for:
(1) – Working radius,
or
(2) – Load weight,
or
(3) – Main boom length.
• Use the buttons (7) to select a line (4) – the
symbol (5) shows the corresponding tele-
scoping illustration.
• Confirm the selection with button (6) or (8) –
the Telescoping semi-automation menu
opens.
• Telescope the main boom as described in
the section Telescoping with semi-automa-
tion;à Telescoping with semi-automaton,
13.05.2015
p. 9 - 80.

Crane operation
9.3.8 High-speed mode
H
The slewing gear cannot be operated at high speed.
You can switch on the high-speed mode for a higher speed.
G
Risk of accident due to the suddenly accelerating movements
Reduce the engine speed before starting high-speed mode.
This will prevent movements from becoming excessively accelerated,
which may result in the all-terrain crane starting to sway and overturning.
Derricking gear/ High-speed mode is always switched on and off for the derricking gear and
telescoping the telescoping mechanism at the same time.
mechanism
To switch on briefly
• Press button (1) down on the right – inwards.
High-speed mode will be active until you release the button.
Continuous operation
• Press button (1) down on the left – outwards.
High-speed mode will be enabled until you press the button again.
The symbol (1) indicates the current status:

displayed: High-speed mode switched on
hidden: High-speed mode switched off
H
When lowering the boom, high-speed mode only supports the start of the
derricking procedure from steep boom positions. It does not increase the
derricking speed.
High-speed mode is disabled for raising when performing operations with
the lattice extension.
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Hoists High-speed mode is always switched on and off simultaneously for the
main hoist and the auxiliary hoist.
S
Risk of accidents due to overloading
Make sure the lifted load is no more than 50% of the maximum load accord-
ing to the Lifting capacity table (maximum degree of utilisation of 50%)
before operating the hoists in high-speed mode.
S
Danger of slack rope with a lightweight hook block
If you switch on high-speed mode at high speeds, a light hook block will not
be able to keep the hoist rope taut if it is hoisted up high with a small
number of reevings and a large boom length.
S
Danger of slack rope with large number of reevings
If you switch on high-speed mode with a large number of reevings and
without a load, slack rope may form because the hook block is lowered too
slowly due to the high degree of friction.
To switch on briefly
• Press button (1) down on the left – inwards.
High-speed mode will be active until you release the button.
Continuous operation
• Press button (1) down on the right – outwards.
High-speed mode will be enabled until you press the button again.
The symbol (1) indicates the current status:

displayed: High-speed mode switched on
hidden: High-speed mode switched off
H
The speed of the hoists will only be significantly increased by switching to
high-speed mode if you have deflected the control lever by more than 70%.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.3.9 Slewing gear
G
Danger of overturning when slewing with a rigged counterweight!
Always check before slewing whether slewing is permitted in the truck
crane's current rigging mode (counterweight, outrigger span, working
radius).
Correct the rigging mode if necessary; àSlewing with counterweight,
p. 10 - 29.
You can have the operating hours of the slewing gear displayed;
à p. 9 - 98.
Braking the slew- You may only brake the slewing movement with the slewing gear brake.
ing movement
S
Risk of the main boom buckling
On no account switch the slewing gear off to brake it; only switch the slew-
ing gear off when the superstructure has stopped rotating.
With the control lever

• Move control lever (2) towards its initial position – the slewing movement
will be braked.
At the initial position, the slewing movement will be stopped. At the same
time the slewing gear brake will engage, and lamp (1) will light up.
With the brake pedal

You can slow down the slewing movement with the brake pedal (1).
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
slewing gear and the lamps in the corresponding buttons will only light up dimly.

– Symbol (2) is green if the slewing gear is switched on.
– The slewing gear brake will be released – lamp (3) will go out.
H
If an RCL code has been entered for the working position 0° to the rear or Free-
on-wheels, an RCL shutdown will occur after switching on the slewing gear,
and slewing will be disabled. To acknowledge the shutdown, you must
either switch off the slewing gear or set down the load and enter an RCL
code for the 360° working range.
Releasing the
slewing gear
brake
The slewing gear brake will be released as soon as you deflect the control
lever (2).
Lamp (1) will extinguish if the slewing gear brake has been released.
Engaging the The slewing gear brake is engaged when you switch off the slewing gear;
slewing gear à p. 9 - 92.
brake
The slewing gear brake will also engage if control lever (2) is in its initial
position.
Lamp (1) will light up if the slewing gear brake has been engaged.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Slew The following requirements must be fulfilled before slewing:
– The superstructure is unlocked.

– Slewing is permissible with the current rigging mode; à p. 10 - 29.
– The current rigging mode is entered on the RCL.
If slewing is not permissible with the current rigging mode, the slewing gear
will be disabled.
G
Danger of overturning when slewing with an incorrectly set RCL!
Before slewing, always check whether the RCL code valid for the current
rigging mode is displayed.
This prevents slewing operations from being enabled within impermissible
ranges, which would cause the all-terrain crane to overturn.
G
Risk of crushing during slewing
Before slewing, operate the horn and ensure there are no persons in the
slewing range.
This prevents persons from getting crushed between the superstructure
and the carrier or between the superstructure and other parts.
S
Do not accelerate the slewing speed to such a degree that the load starts
swinging.
You can adjust the sensitivity of the control levers to suit the operating con-
ditions;à Setting the characteristic curves for the control levers, p. 9 - 96.
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
To slew to the left: • Push the control lever to the left.

To slew to the right: • Push the control lever to the right.
H
The maximum slewing speed is automatically reduced as the working
radius is increased. At a degree of utilisation above 50%, the speed will be
halved again.
At a degree of utilisation under 50%, the speed will only be increased again
if the control lever is brought into its initial position and the slewing gear is
stationary.
à p. 4 - 12.
You can limit the maximum slewing speed (1); à p. 9 - 94.

– Angles in the right semi-circle are displayed as positive values
(0° to +180.0°)
– Angles in the left semi-circle are displayed as negative values
(0° to –179.9°)
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Braking the slew- You may only brake the slewing movement with the slewing gear brake.
ing movement
S
Do not under any circumstances switch off the slewing gear to brake it.
Only switch off the slewing gear after the superstructure has stopped turn-
ing.
• Move the control lever (2) towards its initial position – the slewing move-
ment will be braked.
At the initial position, the slewing movement will be stopped. At the same
time the slewing gear brake will engage, and lamp (1) will light up.
You can slow down the slewing movement with the brake pedal.
• Depress the brake pedal (1).
Slewing gear The slewing gear freewheel is required if the slewing gear needs to be
freewheel slewed by means of external forces, e.g. when operating with two cranes.
• Switch on the slewing gear.

• Shift the control lever (2) to its initial position.
• Press the button (3).
The slewing gear brake will be released – lamp (1) will not light up.
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Switching off the If the slewing gear is not required, it should be switched off to avoid unin-
slewing gear tentional use.
S
Risk of damage to the main boom!
Brake the slewing movement down to a standstill before you switch off the
slewing gear. The slewing gear brake is automatically engaged when the
slewing gear is switched off.
This prevents lateral forces from affecting the main boom due to long
delays or swinging loads.
• Press the button (1) down once.

– Symbol (2) will be red if the slewing gear is switched off.
– The slewing gear brake is engaged – lamp (3) lights up.
9.3.10 Possible movement combinations
– The main hoist, telescoping mechanism, derricking gear and slewing gear
can be operated in almost any combination simultaneously. Restrictions
are specified for the respective power units.
The telescoping mechanism and derricking gear can only be operated
simultaneously when the control lever assignment is from Version 1;
à p. 8 - 11.
– Lattice extension derricking gear
The lattice extension derricking gear cannot be operated in combination
with the Extending movement.
H
Certain movement combinations can reduce the speed in high-speed mode.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.3.11 Hydraulic oil cooling
Depending on the truck crane version, there are one or two hydraulic oil
coolers that regulate the hydraulic oil temperature automatically.
• In addition to this, you should ensure that the maximum permissible

hydraulic oil temperature of 88 °C is not exceeded
The current hydraulic oil temperature is displayed in the main menu. If the
maximum permissible temperature has been reached, the display turns red.
A warning message is issued additionally; à Warnings and information in the
start menu, p. 5 - 18.
If the hydraulic oil temperature reaches 88 °C:

• Stop operating the crane.
• Let the hydraulic oil cool down while the engine is running.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.4 Settings and displays for crane operation

This section only describes settings and displays needed during crane oper-
ation. Operating elements that can be assigned to other procedures are
described with the corresponding procedures.
9.4.1 Setting idling speed
à Setting idling speed, p. 4 - 12.
9.4.2 Limiting the power unit speeds
You can enter what percentage of the maximum speed should be enabled
for each power unit.
• Open the menu (1) Power unit speeds.
The values below the symbols (1) to (5) indi-

cate the currently set power unit speeds.
The values for the slewing gear (1) and derrick-
ing gear (3) only apply if they are lower than
the automatically limited values. The automat-
ically limited values are not displayed.
The symbol (5) is only active when the auxil-
iary hoist is connected.
Button (6) resets all values without prior selec-
tion.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Changing values
• Select and confirm the symbol for the rele-
vant power unit – symbol red.
• Change the value using switch (2) or the but-
tons (3).
To cancel the input – press button (1) once.
• Confirm the changed values – press switch

(2) or button (4) once. The changed values
for the power unit are applied.
9.4.3 Switching units
You can display the crane control values in metric units or US units.
• Open the Switch units menu (1).
• Select and confirm the symbol:

1 To display metric units
2 To display US units
The symbol (3) shows the respectively con-

firmed selection.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.4.4 Setting the characteristic curves for the control levers
The control lever characteristic curve determines how high the power unit
speed should be for a particular control lever movement.
You can assign different control lever characteristic curves to the power
units.
• Open the Settings submenu (1).
The symbols (2) show the set characteristic

curves of the power units (1).
• Select the power unit for which you would
like to change the characteristic curve.
• Set the desired characteristic curve, 1 to 5.
Select and confirm symbol (3) to reset all
power units to characteristic curve 1.
There are five characteristic curves:

The higher the number of the characteristic
curve, (1) to (5), the further the control lever
must be moved to get a clear increase in
speed.
With characteristic curve (5), you can work
particularly sensitively with the control lever.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.4.5 Using the slewable spotlights
With the relevant equipment, the slewable spotlights (1) are located on the
main boom. They are controlled from the cab.
G
Risk of accident due to being dazzled during on-road driving
When driving on the road, always direct the spotlight in such a way that the
reflector points downwards. In this way, you can prevent yourself and other
drivers from being dazzled and causing accidents.
Switching on
• Press switch (1) up.
Switching off
• Press switch (1) down.
To direct the spotlights forwards

• Press button (2) up.
To direct the spotlights backwards
• Press button (2) down.
The direction of the spotlights will be adjusted
until you let go of the button or they reach
their end position.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.4.6 Displaying the operating hours
You can view the total operating hours for all power units in the Operating
hours submenu. You can also delete the recorded operating hours.
The total operating hours cannot be deleted.
• Open the Operating hours submenu (1).
Displays
The operating hours are recorded as follows:
C O D E OK – The value (1) indicates the total operating
hours, e.g. 1680 hours.
– The value (2) shows the operating hours,
1680 h 1680 h 1680 h 1680 h
which can be reset.
135 h 135 h 135 h 135 h
Exception: The value below the symbol (3)
XXXX h 1680 h 1680 h indicates how often the cycle Unlock telescopic
XXXX h 135 h 135 h section has been operated, e.g. 13,750 times.
The value (4) shows the cycles, which can be
reset.
Reset
The displayed operating hours/cycles (3) can
be reset.
• Enter the keycode in the fields (1) and con-
firm with (2).
You can perform the following actions for
power units:
– select individually (3),
– select all (4).
• Reset the selected operating hours with but-
ton (5) or (6).
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.5 Working range limiter

You can set and monitor three different limits in the working range limiter
submenus:
– A maximum overall height
– A maximum working radius
– A maximum slewing angle
The monitoring of the programmed limits can be switched on and off sepa-
rately.
G
Risk of accident due to situations which cannot be monitored
The working range limiter only serves as an additional safety device. Brake
the crane movement before contact with the obstacle becomes imminent.
Do not deliberately move into the shutdown range. You, the crane opera-
tor, are still responsible for monitoring the working range, so that you can
react appropriately if situations arise which cannot be monitored electron-
ically.
G
Risk of accident due to limits set too low
When entering the limits, bear in mind that, even after switching off the
engine, movements can still occur that would bring the load into the shut-
down range, e.g. due to the load swinging or the boom bending. For this
reason, always enter the limit values with sufficient safety distance to the
object.
G
Risk of accident due to insufficient safe distances
Always observe all safety distances in accordance with the national legal
regulations (e.g. concerning electrical cables) even if the working range
limiter is switched on.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.5.1 Viewing current settings
The Working range limiter submenu shows switched on monitoring func-

tions, the limits entered and current values.
Monitoring on/off
The symbols (1) to (4) indicate the current sta-
tus.
1 Overall height monitoring
2 Working radius monitoring
3 Slewing angle monitoring
– Symbol in grey:
Monitoring switched off
– Symbol is red:
Monitoring switched on
à Switching monitoring functions on/off,
p. 9 - 108.
9.5.2 Opening the working range limiter submenu
• Open the main menu and select the corre-

sponding symbol (1) to (3).
The corresponding Working range limiter sub-
menu opens.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
The working range limiter values are displayed graphically and numerically.
Limit values/current values for height

The symbols show values for:
1 Current overall height
2 Permissible overall height
Limit values/current values for working

radius
1 Current working radius
2 Permissible working radius
Limit values/current values for slewing angle

1 Current slewing angle A
2 Permissible slewing angle A
3 Current slewing angle B
4 Permissible slewing angle B
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
The following applies to the slewing angle display:

– Angles in the left semi-circle are displayed as negative values
(0° to –179.9°).
– Angles in the right semi-circle are displayed as positive values
(0° to 180°).
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.5.3 Entering limit values
This section describes how to enter unknown limit values by moving to the
shutdown points.
You can enter known limit values directly; à Entering limit values manually,
p. 9 - 106.
G
Risk of accident due to limits set too low
When entering the limits, bear in mind that, even after switching off the
engine, movements can still occur that would bring the load into the shut-
down range, e.g. due to the load swinging or the boom bending. For this
reason, always enter the limit values with sufficient safety distance to the
object.
When entering the values:

The monitoring must be switched off – symbol (1) is red; à p. 9 - 108.
Overall height
• Move the main boom head to just before

the shutdown point without a load,
e.g. at 17.5 m – value (1).
– The current value (1) will be accepted as
the limit value (2).
Switch on monitoring; à p. 9 - 108.
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Working radius
• Move the main boom head to just before

the shutdown point without a load,
e.g. at 10.0 m – value (1).
Slewing angle
Display of the slewing angles

– The slewing angle A limits slewing to the
right.
– The slewing angle B limits slewing to the
left.
The permissible slewing range is repre-
sented by the angle going counter-clock-
wise from A to B. Approx. 270° in this
illustration – arrow (1).
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Entering the permissible slewing range

You must enter the slewing angles A and B
separately.
Slewing angle A
• Slew the main boom to the shutdown point
from the right, e.g. value (1).
Slewing angle B
• Slew the main boom to the shutdown point
from the left, e.g. value (3).
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.5.4 Entering limit values manually
When entering the values:

The monitoring must be switched off – symbol (1) is red; à Switching mon-
itoring functions on/off, p. 9 - 108.
Limit values The limit values for the overall height, the working radius, and the slewing
range are entered in the same way.
– For the overall height

• Select and confirm the symbol (1) – symbol
is red.
• Set the limit value, e.g. 17.5 m and confirm
with button (2) or (3). The value is adopted.
– For working radius

• Select and confirm the symbol (1) – symbol
is red.
• Set the limit value, e.g. 10.0 m and confirm
with button (2) or (3). The value is adopted.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
– For slewing angles

• Set the limit value and confirm with button
(3) or (4). The value is adopted.
– The symbol (1) for the slewing angle A –
symbol is red,
– The symbol (2) for the slewing angle B –
symbol is red.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.5.5 Switching monitoring functions on/off
After turning on the ignition, all monitoring functions are switched on that
were on before the ignition was turned off.
H
With monitoring switched on, the speed of all power units is limited to 50%.
Limits below 50% continue to be active. We recommended limiting the
slewing gear speed to between 30% and 50%.
The power unit speeds are further reduced as the movements approach a
set limit value.
Select the symbol for switching the desired

monitoring on/off.
1 Slewing angle
2 Overall height
3 Working radius
• Confirm the selection with button (4) or (5).
Monitoring on/off display

Symbol is red: Monitoring switched on
Symbol in grey: Monitoring switched off
G
Danger of accident due to incorrectly set limit values
After switching on the monitoring function, slowly approach all limits and
check that the system switches off in time.
If necessary, enter new values with larger safety distances.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.5.6 Shutdown by working range limiter
If a limit value is reached, RCL shutdown will occur. All movements that
would go closer to the limit value will be disabled. Shutdown will remain
active even if you switch off the monitoring function.
The RCL also shows an information symbol. You must leave the switch-off
area in order to enable the movement.
RCL Shutdown point reached Disabled movements

display for
– Raising the boom
– Extend
Overall height
– Lowering the hoist
– Derricking the lattice extension
– Lowering
– Extend
Working radius
– Lifting the hoist
– Derricking the lattice extension
Slewing angle A – Slewing to the left
Slewing angle B – Slewing to the right
G
Danger of accident due to overriding shutdown procedures
Only override RCL if it is absolutely necessary and you have a clear view of
the danger area. Bear in mind that, due to the boom bending for example,
the overall height is increased if you set down the load.
If you override the RCL, the shutdown will be overridden and all movements
enabled.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.6 Work break
9.6 Work break
9.6.1 In case of short work breaks
G
• Switch off the slewing gear.

– The lamp in the button (1) must be dimly lit.
– Then symbol (2) turns red – slewing gear switched off.
– Lamp (3) must light up – slewing gear brake engaged.
Switch the engine off, turn the ignition key to position 0 and remove it.
Ensure that no unauthorised persons can operate the all-terrain crane;

à Securing the all-terrain crane, p. 9 - 111.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.6 Work break
9.6.2 In case of work breaks of more than 8 hours
• Retract all telescopic sections.


– The lamp in the button (1) must be dimly lit.
– Then symbol (2) turns red – slewing gear switched off.
– Lamp (3) must light up – slewing gear brake engaged.
• Switch the engine off, turn the ignition key to position 0 and remove it.
• Switch off all electrical loads
• Switch off the battery master switch. This will not interrupt the run-down
period of the heater.
Securing the all- • Secure the all-terrain crane against unauthorised use by:
terrain crane – Removing the ignition key and.
– lock the cab.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.7.1 Standard heating system
Switching on • Start the engine. The heating output is only provided when the engine is
running.
Heating You must set the blower and the temperature.
Setting the fan

• Turn switch (A) to the required level 1 to 3,
depending on the desired air quantity.
Setting the temperature
• Turn switch (B) in the required direction:
1 Colder
2 Warmer
• Switch off the air-conditioning system –

switch (C) position 0.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Air distribution You can allow the air to flow out from various air vents.
• Turn the switch (4) to the position for the
required air vents.
A Air vents (1), (2),

windscreen, centre
B Air vents (3),
cab floor
C Air vents (1), (2), (3)
You can adjust air vents (2) and (3).
Adjusting the air vents
1 – To open: Press in and position lengthwise

– To close: Position crosswise
– To direct the air flow: In intermediate position
2 – To direct the air flow: Slewing
Switching off
Switching off the heater
• Turn the switch (B) as far as it will go in a
counter-clockwise direction, to Cold (1).
Switching off ventilation
• Turn the switch (A) to the level 0.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.7.2 Air-conditioning system
You can use the air-conditioning system to cool and dry the air in the cab.
Warnings Do not cool the air in the crane cab too much.
The difference between the outside temperature and the inside temperature
should be at the most 10 °C to 14 °C.
If the cooling is too severe, you may frequently feel physically uncomfort-
able, usually only after you leave the cool room.
Avoid having cold air blowing directly onto your body.

When using recirculated air, you should switch over to fresh air mode to
ensure a fresh supply of oxygen at the same time. Adjust the cooling output
to your actual needs:
If the all-terrain crane has been exposed to strong sunlight for a long period
of time, for example, the air conditioning system should initially be oper-
ated at the highest blower level with the engine running.
The door or at least the windows should be left open for a short while to air
thoroughly. The cooling-down procedure can be accelerated by increasing
the engine speed.
If the air-conditioning system is operated continuously, close the windows
and doors to ensure sufficient cooling.
Set the fan to a lower level once the inside temperature has reached the
desired temperature.
Switching on • Start the engine. The air-conditioning system operates only when the
engine is running
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Cooling The illustration only shows one sample setting. Always adjust the setting to
the current conditions.
• Turn the switch to symbol (C) to 1.

• Turn the switch (B) as far as it will go to
Cold (1).
• Turn the switch (A) to the required level.
• Open the air vents if necessary.
Drying the air You can dry the air in the cab.
Here however, no heating or only a small amount will be produced.
• Turn (C) to 1.
• Turn the switch (B) as far as it will go to
Hot (1).
• Turn the switch (A) to the required level.
When drying, the air conditioning system and
the heating system work against each other.
After drying, switch off the device that you do
not require.
s
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Switching off
• Turn the switches (A) and (C) to the 0 posi-

tion.
• Turn the switch to symbol (B) to 1.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
9.8 CraneSTAR system
9.8.1 Overview
Your all-terrain crane is equipped with the CraneSTAR system.

The CraneSTAR system is used to transmit crane data via mobile phone or
satellite and thus offers various possibilities for remote diagnostics and for
localising the all-terrain crane.
Transmission is primarily via mobile phone (GSM). If transmission via
mobile phone is disrupted, the device will automatically switch to transmis-
sion via satellite.
The CraneSTAR system works automatically, no controls must be operated.
This document just shows the position of the associated components and
gives tips on troubleshooting.
The CraneStar system will only be activated at the request of the crane oper-
ator.
Information on viewing the transmitted data in the Internet can be found in
the separate CraneSTAR Operating instructions and at:
www.cranestar.net – here, you will find all of the information about activat-
ing the CraneStar system.
9.8.2 Position of the components
The CraneSTAR system includes two antennas and a TCU (Telematic Con-
trol Unit = control unit for data transmission).
The satellite antenna (1) is located on the rear

right or left of the turntable.
The antenna (2) is a combined GSM/GPS
antenna for transmission via mobile phone
(GSM) and for the navigation system (GPS).
The antennas are connected to the TCU (4).

The lights (3) are used for troubleshooting;
à p. 12 - 23.
13.05.2015

Crane operation
Blank page
13.05.2015

10
10 Rigging work
10.1 Rigging work checklists for crane operation with the main boom . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1
10.1.1 CHECKLIST: Rigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1
10.1.2 CHECKLIST: Unrigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 4
10.2 Choosing a suitable site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 7
10.2.1 Determining the required ground bearing area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 7
10.2.2 Safe distance from slopes and pits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 10
10.2.3 Earth the all-terrain crane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 11
10.2.4 Safe distance from electrical cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 12
10.3 Outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 15
10.3.1 CHECKLIST: Extending the outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 15
10.3.2 CHECKLIST: Retracting the outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 17
10.3.3 Permissible outrigger spans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 18
10.3.4 Setting the outrigger spans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 19
10.3.5 Extending/retracting outrigger beams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 21
10.3.6 Moving the outrigger pads into working/driving position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 23
10.3.7 Enlarging the ground bearing area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 24
10.3.8 Extending/retracting supporting cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 25
10.3.9 Levelling the all-terrain crane on outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 27
10.4 Counterweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 29
10.4.1 Counterweight sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 29
10.4.2 Slewing with counterweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 29
10.5 Rigging work on the main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 31
10.5.1 Hook block attached at the front of the all-terrain crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 31
10.5.2 Hook block on a separate vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 33
10.5.3 Reeving and unreeving the hoist rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 36
10.5.4 Possible reeving methods on the main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 42
10.5.5 Installing/removing the lifting limit switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 46
10.5.6 Locking/unlocking the lifting limit switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 50
10.5.7 Air traffic control light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 52
13.05.2015

13.05.2015

Rigging work
10.1 Rigging work checklists for crane operation with the main boom
10 Rigging work
If the all-terrain crane on the site has already been rigged, proceed accord-
ing to the CHECKLIST: Checks before operating the crane, p. 9 - 1.
10.1 Rigging work checklists for crane operation with the

main boom
H
Observe the warnings and safety instructions there.
10.1.1 CHECKLIST: Rigging
1. Choose a suitable site; à Choosing a suitable site, p. 10 - 7.

2. Check that the parking brake is engaged – if necessary, engage the park-
ing brake.
3. For the Free on wheels working position

– Check whether the tyre pressure has been correctly set; à p. 1 - 11.
– Check whether the ground will support the maximum axle loads;
à Weight and axle loads, p. 1 - 9;àDetermining the required ground
bearing area, p. 10 - 7.
4. Check whether the ground will support the maximum occurring outrig-
ger pressures; à Determining the required ground bearing area, p. 10 - 7.
s
13.05.2015

Rigging work
5. Support the all-terrain crane with the outrigger span required for the
job according to the Lifting capacity table and raise until none of the
wheels touches the ground; à
Outriggers, p. 10 - 15.
6. Align the all-terrain crane horizontally; à p. 10 - 27.
7. Turn off the engine; à p. 4 - 13.
8. Earth the all-terrain crane, if necessary; à Earth the all-terrain crane,

p. 10 - 11.
9. Inspect the all-terrain crane, while looking out in particular for any leak-
ing fluids (oil, fuel or water).
10. Start the engine; à Starting the engine, p. 4 - 8.

13.05.2015

Rigging work
11. If necessary, unlock the superstructure; à p. 9 - 12.
12. Pick up the hook block and reeve the hoist rope again, if necessary;
à Hook block on a separate vehicle, p. 10 - 33,
à Hook block attached at the front of the all-terrain crane, p. 10 - 31,
à Reeving and unreeving the hoist rope, p. 10 - 36.
13. Install lifting limit switch; à p. 10 - 46.
14. If necessary, install the air traffic control light; à p. 10 - 52.
15. Perform all the required checks prior to crane operation;

à CHECKLIST: Checks before operating the crane, p. 9 - 1.
16. Enter the current rigging mode on the RCL; à p. 9 - 18.

13.05.2015

Rigging work
10.1.2 CHECKLIST: Unrigging
H
1. If the all-terrain crane is in the Free on wheels working position:

Support the all-terrain crane with the outrigger span required for the
job according to the Lifting capacity table and raise until none of the
wheels touches the ground; àOutriggers, p. 10 - 15.
2. Enter the current rigging mode with the newly rigged counterweight
version on the RCL; à
p. 9 - 18.
3. Retract the main boom, lock telescopic sections; à p. 9 - 60.
4. Depending on transport:
– Attach the hook block on the holding rope; à p. 10 - 32 or
– Set down the hook block and unreeve the hoist rope;
à Setting down the hook block, p. 10 - 34,
à Unreeving the hoist rope, p. 10 - 41.
5. Switch off the motor; à p. 4 - 13.

13.05.2015

Rigging work
6. If necessary, remove the air traffic control light; à p. 10 - 52.
7. Lower the slewable spotlights; à Using the slewable spotlights, p. 9 - 97.
8. Retracting the outriggers; à CHECKLIST: Retracting the outriggers,

p. 10 - 17.
10. When the all-terrain crane is no longer being used; à In case of work
breaks of more than 8 hours, p. 9 - 111.
13.05.2015

Rigging work
Blank page
13.05.2015

Rigging work
10.2 Choosing a suitable site

Choose the position of your all-terrain crane at the site with care. Observe
the following aspects:
– Check whether the ground has sufficient load bearing capacity. You may
need to enlarge the ground bearing area; p. 10 - 7. à
– Observe the required safe distances from slopes and pits; à p. 10 - 10.
– Earth the all-terrain crane if there is a danger of it being charging with
static electricity; p. 10 - 11. à
– Keep a safe distance away from electrical lines; à p. 10 - 11.
– Choose the site such that the unevenness of the ground can be compen-
sated for by adjusting the outrigger cylinders. Maximum hoist of the out-
rigger cylinders; p. 1 - 12. à
– Choose a location where it is possible to keep the working radius to a min-
imum and where no obstacles are within the slewing range of the crane.
10.2.1 Determining the required ground bearing area
The stability of the all-terrain crane primarily depends on the load bearing
capacity of the ground. The load bearing capacity of the ground and the
occurring outrigger pressure determine the ground bearing area required
for the operation.
2 outrigger pressure (t)

surface area ( m ) = ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 t 
loadbearing capacity of the ground  ---------
 m 2
Outrigger pressure
• Determine the outrigger pressure for the operation planned using the
Outrigger pressure table.
s
13.05.2015

Rigging work
Load bearing capacity of the ground

• Find the load bearing capacity of the ground using the table.
APPROXIMATE VALUES FOR THE LOAD BEARING Load bearing

CAPACITY OF THE GROUND capacity t/m2
Backfilled, not artificially compacted ground: 0 to 10
Natural, apparently untouched ground:
Mud, peat, marsh 0
Non-cohesive ground which is Fine to 15
sufficiently firm: medium sand
Coarse sand 20
to gravel
Cohesive ground: Mushy 0
Soft 4
Stiff 10
Semi-solid 20
Hard 40
Rock with minimal fissures in in compact 150
sound, unweathered condition succession of
and with favourable strata: beds
in massive or 300
columnar for-
mation
H
If you are unsure about the load bearing capacity of the ground, please have
the ground tested.
13.05.2015

Rigging work
Ground bearing area

• Now calculate the required ground bearing area.
• Check that the surface of the outrigger pad (à p. 1 - 12) is larger than the
calculated ground bearing area. If the surface of the outrigger pad is
smaller, you will need to enlarge the ground bearing area.
G
Danger of overturning if the ground bearing area is too small!
Ensure that the actual ground bearing area is at least as large as specified
in the table.
This prevents the ground from giving way and the all-terrain crane from
overturning.
Example for calculating the required ground bearing area:
If the outrigger pressure is 25 t and the ground has a bearing capacity of 40 t/m2,
then the required ground bearing area for this supporting cylinder is 0.625 m2
(= 6,250 cm2).
If the outrigger pad has a surface of 2,000 cm2, you would need to enlarge the
ground bearing area by packing the outrigger pads; à p. 10 - 24.
13.05.2015

Rigging work
10.2.2 Safe distance from slopes and pits
Erect the crane at a safe distance from slopes and pits. The distance also
depends on the type of ground if the slopes and pits are not supported.
Rule of thumb:
If you are working on non-cohesive or filled-in
ground, the safety distance (a) must be twice
as large as the pit depth (b).
a=2xb
If you are working on cohesive or undisturbed

ground, the safe distance (a) be as great as the
depth of the pit (b).
a=1xb
The safe distance is measured from the base

of the pit (3).
In addition to this the safe distance (d)
between the outrigger pad (1) or substructure
(2) and the pit border (4) must always be more
than 2.00 m.
13.05.2015

Rigging work
10.2.3 Earth the all-terrain crane
The all-terrain crane may become charged with static electricity. This may
occur especially when using outrigger pads made of plastic or when the out-
rigger pads are packed with insulating material (e.g. wooden planks).
B
Earth the all-terrain crane before you start to work with it
– Near strong transmitters (radio transmitters, radio stations, etc.)
– near high-frequency switchgears,
– if a thunderstorm is forecast.
Use electrically conducting material for earth-

ing.
• Hammer a metal rod (3) (length approx.
2.0 m) at least 1.5 m into the ground.
• Dampen the soil around the metal rod (3) for
better conductivity.
• Clamp an insulated cable (2) to the metal
rod (3) (cross-section of at least 16 mm²).
• Connect the free end of the cable with a
clamp (1).
B
Ensure that the connections between the cable and the clamp are electri-
cally conductive.
Do not attach the clamp to parts that are screwed on, such as valves, covers
or similar parts.
• Attach the clamp to the main boom or to the superstructure.

13.05.2015

Rigging work
10.2.4 Safe distance from electrical cables
Always observe the respective national regulations when working in the

vicinity of electrical lines.
B
The all-terrain crane is not insulated.
If the all-terrain crane, its equipment, its load/lifting tackle or the guide
ropes touch an electric cable, this will cause serious injury or even death.
• If there are electric cables in the working range of the all-terrain crane,
have these cables disconnected from the source of power, if possible.
If this is not possible, you must at least observe the prescribed safe dis-
tance (A).
Different safe distances are recommended by the respective national regu-
lations:
13.05.2015

Rigging work
For example, according to DIN VDE 0105

.
Voltage Safe distance (A)

up to 1,000 V 1m
over 1,000 V to 110,000 V 3m
from 110,000 V to 220,000 V 4m
over 220,000 V to 380,000 V 5m
For example as per ASME B 30.5 (USA)
Voltage Safe distance (A)

up to 50,000 V 3.05 m
over 50,000 V to 200,000 V 4.60 m
over 200,000 V to 350,000 V 6.10 m
over 350,000 V to 500,000 V 7.62 m
over 500,000 V to 750,000 V 10.67 m
over 750,000 V to 1,000,000 V 13.72 m
• Erect an obstacle at a minimum safe distance (A) from the electric cable
which will keep the equipment of the all-terrain crane and load/lifting
tackle away from the cable. Account for possible swaying of the load or
the cable.
• Cordon off the area around the all-terrain crane at the safe distance (A).
That way the safety area is enlarged in case the cable is touched.
• Have banksmen in visual or radio contact with you; check that you are
observing the safe distance (A).
• Only use guide ropes of non-conductive material if the load has to be
guided.
If you have touched the electric cable:
• Keep calm.
• Do not leave the cab.
• Tell anyone standing outside not to touch the all-terrain crane, the load or
the lifting tackle.
• Move the main boom out of the danger area.
13.05.2015

Rigging work
Blank page
13.05.2015

Rigging work
10.3 Outriggers
10.3 Outriggers
G
Danger of crushing from extending outrigger beams.
You may only activate the outriggers if you yourself or a banksman with
whom you are in visual contact have an unobstructed view of their move-
ments.
10.3.1 CHECKLIST: Extending the outriggers
H
1. Engage parking brake; à p. 3 - 31.
2. Switch on all-wheel drive; à p. 5 - 25.
3. Engage the slewing gear brake; à p. 9 - 88.
4. Extend all outrigger beams to the required span;

à Permissible outrigger spans, p. 10 - 18,
à Setting the outrigger spans, p. 10 - 19,
à
13.05.2015
Extending/retracting outrigger beams, p. 10 - 21.
s
Rigging work
10.3 Outriggers
5. Move the outrigger pads into the working position and secure them;
à p. 10 - 23.
6. Enlarge the ground bearing area if necessary;

à Determining the required ground bearing area, p. 10 - 7,
à Enlarging the ground bearing area, p. 10 - 24.
7. Extend the supporting cylinders until none of the wheels are touching
the ground; à p. 10 - 25.
8. Level the all-terrain crane horizontally with the outriggers;

à p. 10 - 27.
9. Turn off the engine; à p. 4 - 13. 13.05.2015

Rigging work
10.3 Outriggers
10.3.2 CHECKLIST: Retracting the outriggers
H
1. Retract the outrigger cylinders as far as possible; à p. 10 - 25.
2. Move the outrigger pads into the driving position; à Moving them into
driving position, p. 10 - 23.
3. Fully retract and secure all outrigger beams;

à Permissible outrigger spans, p. 10 - 18,
à For on-road driving, p. 10 - 20,
à Extending/retracting outrigger beams, p. 10 - 21.
4. Stow away packing material safely, if applicable.

13.05.2015

Rigging work
10.3 Outriggers
10.3.3 Permissible outrigger spans
G
Risk of overturning when slewing the superstructure
With some outrigger spans, slewing is only permissible with certain coun-
terweight combinations and boom positions; à Slewing with counterweight,
p. 10 - 29.
The Lifting capacity table specifies the permis-

sible outrigger spans in metre x metre :
A 6.147 x 6.096 m
B 6.147 x 4.268 m
C 6.147 x 2.390 m
The first value represents the outrigger length

(1), e.g. 6.147 m.
The second value specifies the required out-
rigger span (2), e.g. 6.096 m.
13.05.2015

Rigging work
10.3 Outriggers
10.3.4 Setting the outrigger spans
Only extend the outrigger beams to the permissible span.
G
Danger of overturning if the outrigger beams are not correctly extended
Always extend all outrigger beams to the required outrigger span even if
you are only working on one side. Otherwise the rear stability for the rig-
ging mode according to the RCL code is no longer guaranteed.
H
This section describes how to release and secure the outrigger beams, as
well as the markers for the outrigger spans.
Outrigger span 6.147 x 6.096 m

(A) – Prerequisites
Pin (1) is removed.
(B) – Setting and securing

• Use the full travel of the support.
• Secure the outrigger beam with the pin (1).
• Set the outrigger span on the other outrig-
ger beam in the same way.

(A) – Prerequisites
Pin (1) is removed.
(B) – Setting and securing

• Extend the outrigger beam up to the mark-
ing (2).
• Secure the support with the pin (1).
s
13.05.2015

Rigging work
10.3 Outriggers

Prerequisites:
Pin (1) is removed.
Setting:
• Completely retract the outrigger beam.
Outrigger span Free-on-wheels

Prerequisites:
Pin (1) is removed.
Setting:
• Completely retract the outrigger beam.
• Retract the outrigger cylinder.
For on-road • Set an outrigger span of 6.147 x 2.390 m on all outrigger beams.
driving • Secure all the outrigger pads in the driving position; à p. 10 - 23.
G
Risk of accident if outrigger pads are not secured
Always secure all outrigger pads in the driving position. Avoid serious acci-
dents caused by down falling outrigger pads.
13.05.2015

Rigging work
10.3 Outriggers
10.3.5 Extending/retracting outrigger beams
G
Risk of accident if outrigger beams cannot be seen
Cordon off the area where you intend to extend and retract the outrigger
beams. Nobody is allowed to be in this area.
Observe the moving outrigger beams or have them observed by a banks-
man who is in visual contact with you.
G
Danger of overturning if improperly supported
Always extend all the outrigger beams, and always extend them to the
spans corresponding to the RCL code.
This also applies if you are working on one side only, since it ensures that
the truck crane is stable at the rear.
S
Risk of damage to the outriggers
Before extending, always check whether the required pins for the desired
outrigger span are inserted/removed.
Before retracting, always check whether the outrigger pads have been
removed and secured in driving position.
• Check that the pins are inserted/removed as specified in the prerequisites

(A) for the desired outrigger span; à p. 10 - 19.
There are various operating elements to operate the supporting cylinders:
– the menu Moving the outrigger beam,
– the jog dial on the right control console,
– a button on the left control console.
Prerequisites The following requirements must be fulfilled before moving the outrigger:
– the parking brake is applied,
– the all-wheel drive is switched on,
– the slewing gear is switched off.
s
13.05.2015

Rigging work
10.3 Outriggers
Start the engine

Open menu
• Open the menu (1) Outrigger.
• Open the submenu (2) Moving the outrigger
beam.
Extend
• Press the button for the desired outrigger
beam.
1 Front left
2 Front right
3 Rear left
4 Rear right
• Press the button (5) in at the top – the

selected outrigger beam extends.
Retract
beam.
1 Front left
2 Front right
3 Rear left
4 Rear right
• Press the button (5) in at the bottom – the

13.05.2015
selected outrigger beam retracts.

Rigging work
10.3 Outriggers
10.3.6 Moving the outrigger pads into working/driving position
H
The illustrations show one outrigger pad. The rigging procedure for the
other outrigger pads is identical.
Moving them into working position

• (A) – Remove the locking pins (1) and
remove the outrigger pad (3).
• (B) – Place the outrigger pad in the centre
under the outrigger cylinder.
• Extend the outrigger cylinder until the levers
(2) engage.
• Retract the outrigger cylinder and create the
relevant span where required.
• Move the other outrigger pads into working
position in the same way.
Moving them into driving position

• (A) – Retract the outrigger cylinder until the
outrigger pad (3) is located just above the
ground.
• Unlock the lever (2) and remove the outrig-
ger pad.
• (B) – Push the outrigger pad on the holder
(1) and secure it.
• Move the other outrigger pads into driving
position in the same way.
13.05.2015

Rigging work
10.3 Outriggers
10.3.7 Enlarging the ground bearing area
If the surface of the outrigger pads is too small, you must enlarge the
ground bearing area by packing the outrigger pads; à Determining the
required ground bearing area, p. 10 - 7.
For packing, use only suitable materials that will withstand the outrigger
pressure, e.g. straight hardwood of similar cross-sections or steel plates
with welded-on strips that will keep the outrigger pads in position.
G
Risk of accident if the packing is insufficient
Only use materials of sufficient strength.
This will prevent the packing from giving way and causing the all-terrain
crane to tilt and overturn.
G
Danger of overturning if the packing or all-terrain crane is at an angle!
Level the packing and the all-terrain crane.
This prevents the outrigger pads from slipping off the inclined packing and
causing the all-terrain crane to overturn.
Level the packing; the outrigger pad must not

be at an angle.
Ensure that the outrigger pressure is evenly

distributed over the packing:
– The outrigger pad must be positioned in the
centre of the packing.
– The outrigger pad must cover all the
wooden planks.
– If the packing has several layers, each layer
must be placed below the other offset
by 90°.
– The packing must lie flat on the ground.
Consult your supervisor if you are in doubt.
13.05.2015

Rigging work
10.3 Outriggers
10.3.8 Extending/retracting supporting cylinders
G
Danger of overturning due to insufficient load bearing capacity of the
ground.
Enlarge the ground bearing area if the ground cannot withstand the result-
ing outrigger pressure.
This prevents the ground under the outrigger pad from giving way and
causing the all-terrain crane to tilt and overturn.
G
Risk of accident if supporting cylinders cannot be seen
No one is allowed to be in the area of the supporting cylinders.
Observe the moving supporting cylinders or have them observed by a
banksman who is in visual contact with you.
S
Risk of damage to the supporting cylinders
Move the outriggers as uniformly as possible on all four support points.
This prevents the supporting cylinders from getting damaged due to one-
sided pressure.
S
Risk of damage to the tyres.
Before retracting the supporting cylinders, remove any sharp-edged and
pointed materials from below the tyres.
This keeps the tyres from being punctured or damaged when the all-terrain
crane is lowered.
H
Do not extend the supporting cylinders as far as possible. The supporting
cylinders must have a remaining stroke of at least 25 mm in order to carry
out alignment corrections.
There are various operating elements to operate the supporting cylinders:

– the menu Moving the outrigger cylinder,
– the jog dial on the right control console,
– a button on the left control console.
Prerequisites The following requirements must be fulfilled before moving the outrigger:
– Parking brake is engaged – symbol (1) is red.
– The all-wheel drive is switched on – symbol (2) is green.
– The slewing gear is switched off – symbol (3) is (red).
13.05.2015

Rigging work
10.3 Outriggers
Start the engine

Open menu
• Open the menu (1) Outrigger.
• Open the submenu (2) Moving the outrigger
cylinder.
Extend
cylinder.
1 Front left
2 Front right
3 Rear left
4 Rear right
• Press the button (5) in at the top – the

selected outrigger cylinder extends.
Retract
cylinder.
1 Front left
2 Front right
3 Rear left
4 Rear right
• Press the button (5) in at the bottom – the

selected outrigger cylinder retracts.
13.05.2015

Rigging work
10.3 Outriggers
10.3.9 Levelling the all-terrain crane on outriggers
You must level the all-terrain crane before crane operation and possibly cor-
rect its horizontal alignment during crane operation.
Reading off the

inclination
indicator
The inclination indicator (1) shows the current
alignment.
If the all-terrain crane is aligned horizontally,

the level (2) lies within the marking.
Prerequisites
The main boom must be resting on the boom rest.
Or
– The main boom must be raised and
– the load has been set down and
– the superstructure is in the 0° or 180° position.
s
13.05.2015

Rigging work
10.3 Outriggers
G
Risk of overloading the main boom.
Always slew the superstructure to the 0° or 180° position and set down the
load before levelling the all-terrain crane.
In other positions, the deformation of the carrier will distort the indicated
inclination and the all-terrain crane will be at an angle. This could cause the
outrigger beam to become overloaded during crane operation.
• Check that the prerequisites are met; à p. 10 - 27.
• Extend all supporting cylinders until none of the wheels is touching the
ground.
• Align the all-terrain crane horizontally with the outrigger cylinders until
the level (2) is within the marking (1); à p. 10 - 25.
• Only lift the all-terrain crane as far as necessary.
Checks to be performed after levelling

During levelling, the ground may give way and the packing may slip.
G
Risk of accident due to incorrectly supported all-terrain crane!
Perform the following checks each time you have levelled the truck crane
and correct any misalignments.
Otherwise the all-terrain crane may overturn even when lifting a load
released by the RCL.
• After you have levelled the truck crane, check:

– whether all the wheels are lifted off the ground
– whether the ground under one of the outrigger pads has given way
– whether the packing is correct for the enlarged ground bearing area.
If slewing is permissible in the current rigging mode:

• Slew the superstructure within the permissible slewing range.
• Perform the specified checks again.
13.05.2015
• Check the horizontal alignment on the inclination indicator.

Rigging work
10.4 Counterweight
10.4 Counterweight
The RT550E is rigged with a counterweight mass of 5 t.
10.4.1 Counterweight sections
The counterweight mass of 5 t is screwed onto

the turntable and consists of:
– a 4.7 t weight (1),
– a 0.3 t plate (2) or the auxiliary hoist (3).
10.4.2 Slewing with counterweight
Slewing with a rigged counterweight is only permissible when:

– the respective RCL code is shown, and
– the permissible working radius and telescoping according to Lifting capac-
ity table is maintained.
G
Danger of overturning when slewing with an incorrectly set RCL!
Always check before slewing whether the RCL code valid for the current rig-
ging mode is displayed.
This prevents slewing operations from being released within impermissi-
ble ranges and the truck crane from overturning.
Rigged outrigger span 6.15 x

Counterweight 6.10 m 4.27 m 2.39 m Free on
wheels
13.05.2015
5.0 t Slewing permitted1)
1) Slewing only permitted if the radius permitted in the working range is

observed (at least 5.0 m); à Lifting capacity table.

Rigging work
10.4 Counterweight
Blank page
13.05.2015

Rigging work
10.5 Rigging work on the main boom
10.5.1 Hook block attached at the front of the all-terrain crane
Picking up the Depending on the driving mode, you must pick up the hook block at the
hook block front from the holding rope.
S
Danger of accident if the view is obstructed
Have someone instruct you when raising the main boom, since the view of
the hook block is obstructed. That way you will not raise the boom too far,
which would cause the retaining rope to tear.
The main boom is fully retracted.

• Enter the current rigging mode on the RCL.
• Slacken the hoist rope and derrick the main

boom simultaneously.
• Derrick the main boom until the boom head
is in a vertical position above the hook block.
• Detach the hook block from the retaining
rope (1).
s
13.05.2015

Rigging work
Attaching the
hook block
G
Danger of accident if the view is obstructed
The reeved rope lines obstruct the view of the runway. The number of
legally permissible rope lines can vary depending on the country in which
you are working. According to EU regulations, the hook block may not be
reeved more than four times when driving on the road.
G
Danger of accident from hook block swinging unexpectedly
The hook block will suddenly swing forward if the retaining rope for the
hook block tears when tightening the hoist rope.
Therefore ensure that the banksman or other persons always stand at a
safe distance to the side of the hook block.
H
Do not attach the rope end fitting to the front towing coupling! The towing
coupling must be free for a tow-rod in emergencies.
• Raise the hook block vertically above the

retaining rope (1).
• Lower the hook block and attach the hook
block to the retaining rope (1).
• Set down the main boom and pull the hoist
rope tight only to the extent that the hook
block is stabilised in its position.
H
If the lifting limit switch is deactivated while you tighten the hoist rope, you
can override the shutdown of the lifting limit switch; à p. 9 - 55.
13.05.2015

Rigging work
10.5.2 Hook block on a separate vehicle
G
Risk of overturning while slewing!
Always check before slewing whether slewing is permitted in the truck
crane's current rigging mode. Correct the rigging mode if necessary;
à Slewing with counterweight, p. 10 - 29.
G
Danger of overturning when slewing with an overridden RCL
Do not override the RCL before slewing the superstructure.
Enter an RCL code for the 360° working range if the slewing operation is not
released.
This prevents the superstructure from being slewed into impermissible
areas and the all-terrain crane tipping over as a result.
S
Risk of damage to the separate vehicle
Only raise the hook block from the separate vehicle if the main boom head
is directly above the hook block.
This prevents the hook block from swinging and damaging the separate
vehicle.
S
Risk of damage to the hoist rope.
To prevent slack rope, do not ease down too much hoist rope when picking
up and reeving the hook block!
Slack rope causes rope loops on the hoist drum, which can result in the load
slipping and the hoist rope being destroyed.
s
13.05.2015

Rigging work
Picking up the Depending on the driving mode, the hook block can be placed on a separate
hook block vehicle.
• If the respective setting has been made in

the RCL, slew the superstructure and lower
the main boom until the boom head is
directly above the hook block (1).
• Unreel the hoist rope.
• Reeve the hoist rope into the hook block (1);
à Reeving and unreeving the hoist rope,
p. 10 - 36.
• Raise the hook block off the separate
vehicle.
Setting down the Depending on the driving mode, the hook block must be placed on a sepa-
hook block rate vehicle.
• With the RCL set accordingly, fully retract

the main boom.
• Raise the hook block until it is about 1 m
below the main boom.
• Lower the main boom and set the hook
block (1) down on the separate vehicle.
13.05.2015

Rigging work
• Detach the lifting limit switch weight (2)

from the hoist rope;à p. 10 - 49.
• Unreeve the hoist rope; à p. 10 - 41.
• Secure the hook block (1) for transport.
Fastening the hoist rope at the front

Do not attach the rope end fitting to the front towing coupling! The towing
coupling must be free for a tow-rod in emergencies.
• Attach the rope end fitting to the retaining

rope (1).
• Pull the hoist rope slightly taut.
• Fasten the lifting limit switch weight to the
hoist rope.
The hoist rope and lifting limit switch weight
are now secured for driving.
13.05.2015

Rigging work
10.5.3 Reeving and unreeving the hoist rope
You must reeve a certain number of rope lines, depending on the required
lifting capacity. Four reeved rope lines correspond, for example, to 4-fold
reeving.
Possible reevings and the corresponding lifting capacities; à p. 10 - 42.
Fastening the rope The rope end clamp is used to fasten the host rope to the main boom head
end clamp or the hook block after reeving.
G
Risk of accidents due to incorrect rope guide!
Always thread the hoist rope through as shown in the section Correct rope
guide.
This prevents the load-bearing rope line from becoming kinked, which
would damage it and make it tear.
Correct rope guide

The hoist rope end must run into the rope end
clamp at point (2) and protrude from the rope
end clamp at point (3).
Under a load, the load-bearing rope line (1)
runs along the pulling axis (X-X) and is not
kinked.
13.05.2015

Rigging work
Incorrect rope guide

The hoist rope end must never run into the
rope end clamp at point (3) and protrude from
the rope end clamp at point (2).
Under a load, the load-bearing rope line would
become kinked at point (3) and become dam-
aged as a result.
The rope end clamp and the rope wedge are marked with their size and the
rope diameter they are designed for.
G
Risk of accidents due to incorrect rope end clamp/rope wedge!
Only use rope end clamps and rope wedges of the same size that are
designed for the diameter of the hoist rope you are using.
This will prevent the hoist rope from slipping out of the rope end clamp
when under a load, which would cause the load to be dropped.
• Observe the correct rope guide!

• Insert the hoist rope with the corresponding
rope wedge (3) into the rope end clamp (2).
• Fasten the rope clamp (1) to the loose end of
the hoist rope.
• Pull the hoist rope (4) taut until the rope
wedge and the hoist rope sit tightly in the
rope end clamp.
s
13.05.2015

Rigging work
Reeving the hoist Reeving is also possible when the rope end clamp is fastened.
rope
G
Danger due to slack rope!
Only use hook blocks and sling gear of the minimum weight prescribed in
the Lifting capacity table, depending on the reeving and boom length. This
prevents slack rope forming at large heights when lifting without a load.
This can result in the load slipping.
Opening the hook block

• Pull out the rods (1).
Positioning the hoist rope

• Pull out the rods (2) and (3).
• Guide the hoist rope through under the rope

grab (1).
If two hoist ropes are reeved, you must feed
the auxiliary hoist rope over the rope grab.
• Feed the main hoist rope to the head

sheave (2).
• Feed the auxiliary hoist rope to the head
sheave (3).
Use the rope grab also when operating the
lattice extension.
13.05.2015

Rigging work
Reeving the hoist rope

A for the main hoist rope
B for the auxiliary hoist rope
• Guide the hoist rope over the upper head

sheave (1) to the lower head sheave (2).
• Guide the hoist rope from the front around
the outer pulley (3) of the hook block,
upwards to the main boom head.
• Guide the hoist rope from the rear over the
next required head sheave (4), etc.
• Reeve the hoist rope with the required
number of lines.
Possible reeving methods; à p. 10 - 42.
Fastening the hoist rope

The fixed point used depends on the number
of reeved rope lines.
– Fixed point for an even number of lines

The rope end clamp is fastened to the fixed
point (1) with 2-fall, 4-fall, 6-fall etc. reev-
ings.
– Fixed point for an odd number of lines
The rope end clamp is fastened to the fixed
point (1) with 1-fall, 3-fall, 5-fall etc. reev-
ings.
s
13.05.2015

Rigging work
A Main boom locating point

B Hook block locating point
• Fit the rope end clamp (3) onto the fixed

point (1). When the number of lines is even,
the cutout (4) must point to the front.
• Attach the rope end clamp with the pins (2).
• Secure the pin using the linchpin.
Secure the hoist rope to the main boom head

• Insert the rods (2) and (3).
• Secure all rods using the retaining pins.
Secure the hoist rope to the hook block

• Insert the rods (1) and secure them with the
linchpins.
13.05.2015

Rigging work
Unreeving the
hoist rope
• Release the retaining pins and pull the rods
(1) and (3) out.
• Remove the rope end clamp from the fixed
point (2) or (4).
• Unreeve the hoist rope.
Depending on the driving mode, you can:

– attach the hoist rope on the front of the
crane; à
p. 10 - 35, or
– pull out the rod (5) and roll the hoist rope
onto the drum.
13.05.2015

Rigging work
10.5.4 Possible reeving methods on the main boom
Possible reevings on lattice extensions and the auxiliary single-sheave

boom top; à Lattice extension operating manual.
H
The maximum lifting capacity of individual hook blocks does not corre-
spond to the maximum lifting capacity of the RT550E together with this
hook block. The lifting capacity of the RT550E depends on the rope pull, the
reeving and friction force. It is lower than the lifting capacity of the hook
block.
H
Please note that the maximum lifting capacities already include the weight
of the hook block and the lifting gear. You must subtract these weights in
order to obtain the actual payload.
With 6 head In this version, the auxiliary single-sheave boom top1) is reeved too.
sheaves
5 sheave hook block

Maximum lifting capacity of the hook block:
45 t
Max. lifting capacity with the RT550E
Maximum lifting
Reeving
capacity
11-fall 41.5 t
13.05.2015

Rigging work
With 5 head
sheaves
5 sheave hook block
45 t
Maximum lifting
Reeving
capacity
A 10-fall 38 t
B 9-fall 34.1 t
C 8-fall 30.4 t
3 sheave hook block

35 t
Maximum lifting
Reeving
capacity
A 7-fall 26.6 t
B 6-fall 22.9 t
C 5-fall 19.1 t
D 4-fall 15.3 t
s
13.05.2015

Rigging work
Maximum lifting
Reeving
capacity
A 3-fall 11.5 t
B 2-fall 7.7 t
C 1-fall 3.9 t
Hook tackle
Maximum lifting capacity of the hook tackle:
5t
Maximum lifting
Reeving
capacity
A 1-fall 3.9 t
13.05.2015

Rigging work
Blank page
13.05.2015

Rigging work
10.5.5 Installing/removing the lifting limit switch
Function of the lifting limit switch; àp. 9 - 54.

For every reeved hoist rope, you must install a lifting limit switch, attach a
lifting limit switch weight and place it around the hoist rope.
Installing the lift- You can attach the lifting limit switch on the right or left side of main boom
ing limit switch head. Install the switch on the side that is closer to the last rope line leading
upwards. There can also be one lifting limit switch installed on each side.
On the left side

• Plug the lifting limit switch (3) onto the
bracket (4) and secure it with the retaining
pin.
• Remove the bridging plug (2) from the
socket (1) and plug it into the dummy
socket (5).
• Lay the cable in such a way that it will not be
damaged during crane operation, and insert
the lifting limit switch into the socket (1).
On the right side

• Plug the lifting limit switch (3) onto the
bracket (4) and secure it with the retaining
pin.
socket (1).
• Lay the cable (5) in such a way that it will not
be damaged during crane operation, and
insert the lifting limit switch into the
socket (1).
13.05.2015

Rigging work
If only one lifting limit switch has been

installed
• Check whether the bridging plug is in the
socket that is not being used.
If, for example, the lifting limit switch (3) is
installed on the left, the bridging plug (2) must
be in the socket (1) on the right.
Otherwise the movements Raise hosting gear,
Telescope out and Lower the boom will be locked.
• Check whether the lock on the lifting limit
switch (3) is released; à Removing the lock,
p. 10 - 51.
S
Risk of damage if the lifting limit switch is locked!
The lifting limit switch must not be locked. Remove the lock, if necessary.
If the lifting limit switch is locked, the hook block could hit the bottom of the
main boom head during the lifting procedure, resulting in damage to the
hook block, main boom head and hoist rope.
If two lifting limit switches have been

installed
• Lock the lifting limit switch to which no lift-
ing limit switch weight has been attached.
If the lifting limit switch weight has, for exam-
ple, been attached to the left lifting limit
switch (1), you must lock the right lifting limit
switch (2); à Locking, p. 10 - 50.
Otherwise the movements Raise hosting gear,
Telescope out and Lower the boom will be locked.
H
If two hoist ropes are reeved, you must also use two lifting limit switch
weights. In this case, both lifting limit switches must be unlocked;
à Removing the lock, p. 10 - 51.
13.05.2015

Rigging work
Attaching the lifting limit switch weight

• Attach the lifting limit switch weight (1).
If two hoist ropes are reeved, you must attach
a lifting limit switch weight to each of the two
lifting limit switches.
This lifting limit switch must not be locked;

à Removing the lock, p. 10 - 51.
Placing a lifting limit switch weight around

the hoist rope
• (A) – Pull the safety pin (1) out and fold the
two halves of the weight apart.
• (B) – Place the two halves of the weight
around the last rope line leading upwards.
• Pull the safety pin (1) out and fold the two
halves of the weight back together.
• Make sure the safety pin locks into place and
the two halves of the weight are securely
attached to each other.
If two hoist ropes are reeved, you must also
place a lifting limit switch weight around the
second hoist rope.
H
If you place the lifting limit switch weight around the last rope line leading
upwards, less rope will run through the lifting limit switch weight, especially
if there is a high number of reevings per lifting operation. This rope line will
even be at a standstill if the number of rope lines is even.
This allows you to reduce the wear of the hoist rope and lifting limit switch
weight and prevent unintentional deactivation procedures that may be
caused by the running hoist rope lifting the lifting limit switch weight.
13.05.2015

Rigging work
Removing the lift- This section describes complete removal.

ing limit switch If the hook block is to be attached to the holding rope at a later point, you
will need to detach the lifting limit switch weight from the hoist rope, so that
you can unreeve or reeve when unrigging the hoist rope. You can place the
lifting limit switch weight around the hoist rope again before driving.
Removing the lifting limit switch weight

• Pull the safety pin (1) out and fold the two
halves of the weight apart.
• Remove the halves of the weight from the
rope line.
• Pull the safety pin (1) out, fold the two
halves of the weight back together and let
the safety pin engage.
• Remove the lifting limit switch weight (2).
• Remove the lifting limit switch weight on the
other side too, if necessary.
Removing the left lifting limit switch

• Pull the plug from the socket (1).
dummy socket (5) and plug it into the
socket (1).
• Remove the lifting limit switch (4) from the
bracket (3).
• Fasten the retaining pin to the lifting limit
switch.
s
13.05.2015

Rigging work
Removing the right lifting limit switch

• Pull the plug from the socket (1).
• Insert the bridging plug (2) into the
socket (1).
• Remove the lifting limit switch (3) from the
bracket (4).
• Fasten the retaining pin to the lifting limit
switch.
10.5.6 Locking/unlocking the lifting limit switch
Locking If a hoist rope has been reeved and two lifting limit switches are installed,
you must lock the lifting limit switch not used in order to enable all crane
operations.
S
Risk of damage if the lifting limit switch is locked!
The lifting limit switch to which the lifting limit switch weight is attached
may under no circumstances be locked when operating the crane.
If the lifting limit switch is locked, release the lock.
This prevents the hook block from hitting the main boom head, causing
damage to the hook block, main boom head and hoist rope.
13.05.2015

Rigging work
• Remove the lifting limit switch weight.

• (A) – Remove the cap (1).
• Pull down the rope (2).
• (B) – Secure the rope (2) in this position
using the cap (1) – the lifting limit switch is
locked and can no longer be triggered.
Removing the lock You must always remove the lock before you place a lifting limit switch
weight around the hoist rope.
• (A) – Pull the rope (2) down and take off the
cap (1) – the lock is removed.
• (B) – Fit the cap (1) onto the lifting limit
switch.
13.05.2015

Rigging work
10.5.7 Air traffic control light
S
Risk of damage during on-road driving
Always remove the air traffic control light before on-road driving.
This prevents the specified overall height from being exceeded at on-road
level.
Installing
• If necessary, remove the rod from the

bracket (1).
• Insert the rod (4) into the clamp (2) and

secure it with the retaining pins.
• Remove the cable from the clamps (3) and
connect the air traffic control lights to the
socket (1).
• Lay the cables such that they will not be
damaged during crane operation.
13.05.2015

Rigging work
Switching the air traffic control light on and off:

Switching on: Press button (1) up.
Switching off: Press button (1) down.
Removing You must remove the rod with the air traffic control light before driving on
the road; à p. 10 - 52.
• Switch off the air traffic control light – press button (1) down.
• Pull out the plug and close the socket (1)

with the cap.
• Wind the cables onto the bracket (3).
• Take the rod (4) out of the bracket (2).
• For transportation, fasten the retaining pins
to the rod (4).
• If necessary, store the rod in the bracket (1).

13.05.2015

Rigging work
Blank page
13.05.2015

11
11.1 Driving path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 1
11.2 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 2
11.3 Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 3

11.3.1 Securing the superstructure against slewing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 3
11.3.2 Checking tyre pressure and wind speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 4
11.3.3 Gears/connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 5
11.4 While driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 5
11.5 After driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 6

13.05.2015

13.05.2015

Driving with load
11.1 Driving path

This section describes driving with the all-terrain crane with lifted load.
G
Risk of accident by partially obstructed view of the all-terrain crane
When driving the truck crane, always stay in visual or radio contact with a
banksman who can observe the parts you are unable to see, e.g. the raised
boom in 0° to the front.
G
Risk of overturning by slewing superstructure
When driving under load:
– the slewing gear must be switched off – slewing gear brake locked,
– the superstructure must be locked – 0° to the front.
• Enter the RCL code for the actual rigging mode of the all-terrain crane in
accordance with the Lifting capacity table.
• Bring the main boom to an inclination permitted within the working
range; à Lifting capacity table.
• Lift the load.
• Switch off the slewing gear; à Switching off the slewing gear, p. 9 - 92.
• Lock the superstructure; à Locking/unlocking the superstructure, p. 9 - 12.
G
Risk of accident when driving with a lifted load
Secure the load when driving so that it cannot swing. In this way you can
prevent the swinging load from leaving the permissible working range and
the all-terrain crane overturning.
• Tie down the load so that it cannot swing back and forth.
11.1 Driving path

The ground of the driving distance must be even and stable enough to bear
the axle loads.
If the surface pressure of the tyres exceeds the permissible load on the
ground, the surface area of the tyres must be increased by packing stable
material (e.g. wooden planks).
The speed must not exceed 1.5 km/h.
13.05.2015

Driving with load
11.2 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads
11.2 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads

To move the all-terrain crane, you must bring the superstructure and the
main boom into certain positions so that the permissible axle loads are not
exceeded.
S
Risk of damage to the axle lines
Only bring the superstructure and the main boom into the specified posi-
tions. This prevents excessive strain on the axle lines.
• Enter the RCL code for the actual rigging mode of the all-terrain crane in
accordance with the Lifting capacity table.
G
Risk of accidents if the RCL is overridden
Always enter the RCL code for the current rigging mode. The specified posi-
tions are within the monitored operating ranges.
If the RCL is overridden, the all-terrain crane may overturn even if you move
it into the positions specified.
• Bring the superstructure and the main boom into a position that is indi-
cated in the Lifting capacity table.
• Tie down the hook block so that it cannot swing around.
13.05.2015

Driving with load
11.3 Before driving
11.3 Before driving
11.3.1 Securing the superstructure against slewing
G
Danger of overturning by the superstructure slewing while driving the all-
terrain crane
Always secure the superstructure before driving the rigged all-terrain crane
to prevent it from slewing. Slewing the superstructure while driving the all-
terrain crane increases the risk of overturning.
• Lock the superstructure – lever pulled and locked.

à Locking/unlocking the superstructure, p. 9 - 12.
• Switch off the slewing gear so that the slewing gear brake is engaged –
press button (1) up.
– Symbol (2) red.
– The lamp (3) must light up.
à Switching off the slewing gear, p. 9 - 92.
13.05.2015

Driving with load
11.3 Before driving
11.3.2 Checking tyre pressure and wind speed
• Ensure that all the tyres are at the prescribed pressure levels; à Tyres,
p. 1 - 11.
S
Risk of damage to the tyres
You may only drive the all-terrain crane if the tyres are at the prescribed
pressure level.
Never reduce the tyre pressure in order to increase the tyres' bearing sur-
face.
The same maximum permissible wind speeds for working with the all-ter-
rain crane apply to driving the truck crane.
• Check the wind speed; à p. 9 - 45.
G
Risk of accidents from excessively high wind speeds
You may not drive the rigged all-terrain crane if the wind speed exceeds the
maximum permissible values specified in the Lifting capacity table. In this
case, you must bring the all-terrain crane into a secure state.
13.05.2015

Driving with load
11.4 While driving
11.3.3 Gears/connections
Gears
• In order to
– to drive forwards shift to position F1
– to drive backwards shift to position R1. With additional equipment, an
acoustic signal is given;
à Changing the driving direction, p. 5 - 12.
Connections To drive with a load, you have to

– switch on separate steering; à Switching to separate steering, p. 5 - 28.
– switch in the all-wheel drive; à Switching the all-wheel drive on/off,
p. 5 - 25.
11.4 While driving

• Drive only at the lowest possible speed, max. 1.5 km/h
• The turning radius should be as great as possible when driving around
corners.
• Only steer the all-terrain crane when it is rolling and avoid sudden steer-
ing changes.
S
Risk of damage to the steering linkage
The steering linkage can be damaged if the steering wheel is moved while
the vehicle is stationary.
13.05.2015

Driving with load
11.5 After driving
11.5 After driving
• After travelling,
– switch the separate steering off;à p. 5 - 29,
– switch the all-wheel drive off; à p. 5 - 25.
• Engage the parking brake – symbol (1) red.
• Support the all-terrain crane with the outrigger span required for the job
according to the Lifting capacity table and raise until none of the wheels
touches the ground; à Permissible outrigger spans, p. 10 - 18.
13.05.2015

12
12.1 Emergency stop switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 1
12.2 What to do when malfunctions occur during crane operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 3
12.3 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 5
12.4 Finding and eliminating malfunctions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 8

12.4.1 Malfunctions on the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 8
12.4.2 Malfunctions on the main hoist/auxiliary hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 9
12.4.3 Malfunctions on the derricking gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 10
12.4.4 Malfunctions in the telescoping mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 11
12.4.5 Malfunctions on the slewing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 13
12.4.6 Malfunctions in the hydraulic system/hydraulic oil cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 14
12.4.7 Malfunctions of the outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 15
12.4.8 Troubleshooting the crane control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 15
12.4.9 Malfunctions on the CraneSTAR system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 23
12.5 Emergency operations and programmes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 27
12.5.1 Mechanical emergency activation for retracting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 29
12.5.2 Telescoping emergency programme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 32
12.5.3 Entering the current telescoping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 40
13.05.2015

13.05.2015

Malfunctions during crane operation
G
Risk of overloading if used improperly
Only actuate the emergency stop switch if it is no longer possible to stop
the crane movements with the normal operating elements.
The emergency stop switch stops the crane movements suddenly. This
may overload the all-terrain crane, e.g. in the event of high working speeds
and large working radii.
• Stop all crane movements.

An emergency stop switch is provided for an
emergency.
• Press an emergency stop switch (1). The
switch engages – symbol (2) red.
The engine shuts down.
After activating an emergency stop switch;
à Resetting the emergency stop switch, p. 4 - 14.
H
The battery master switch cannot be used as an emergency stop switch for
the engine. The engine continues to run after the battery master switch has
been switched off.
13.05.2015

Blank page
13.05.2015

12.2 What to do when malfunctions occur during crane operation
12.2 What to do when malfunctions occur during crane

operation
Pay attention to the following points if a malfunction occurs:
• Keep calm.
G
Risk of accident when carrying out repairs with loads lifted
Repairs must not be carried out as long as a load is lifted.
Always try to lower the load before carrying out repairs.
Only properly qualified personnel may perform crane movements with the
solenoid valves.
Load can be • Set down the load. Retract the main boom completely and set it down on
lowered the main boom rest.
If it becomes necessary to override the RCL, observe all the information in
the section titled RCL override;à p. 9 - 35.
G
You may only override the RCL if it becomes absolutely necessary in the
event of an emergency. This is to put the all-terrain crane into a safe state
in the event of a malfunction. In this case, do not perform any movements
that would increase the load moment.
• Protect the all-terrain crane from unauthorised use. Remove the ignition
key and lock the cab.
• Inform your supervisor.
• Try to eliminate the malfunction. Inform Manitowoc Crane Care if you
cannot correct the malfunction.
Load cannot be • Secure the danger zone using cordons and warning signs.
lowered
• Notify Manitowoc Crane Care.
13.05.2015

12.2 What to do when malfunctions occur during crane operation
Blank page
13.05.2015

12.3 Fuses
12.3 Fuses
The fuses are located in the cab behind the seat.
Notes on chang- The positions of the fuses, their designations and which functions are pro-
ing fuses tected by the respective fuses are shown in the following sections.
• Switch off the ignition whenever a fuse has to be replaced.
S
Risk of damage when the ignition is switched on
Switch off the ignition whenever a fuse has to be replaced. This prevents
the new fuse from being damaged by the increased starting current imme-
diately after being installed.
S
Risk of damage by overloading
Replace blown fuses only with new fuses of the same amperage. This pre-
vent parts from being overloaded and damaged or the fuse from being
immediately damaged again.
Notify Manitowoc Crane Care if a fuse with the same amperage fails again
once the ignition is switched on.
S
Risk of fire
Never repair a blown fuse with other electrically conductive materials.
s
13.05.2015

12.3 Fuses
• Remove the cover (6).

The fuse groups F1 to F5 consist of four fuses
each.
The following tables show the designations of

the individual fuses, including their amperage
and functions.
The designations 1 to 4 the tables correspond to the order from top to bot-
tom (fuse 1 is always the top fuse).
• Observe the instructions on changing fuses; à p. 12 - 5.

age (A)
F1/1 5 Cab lighting
F1/2 10 24 V/12 V voltage transformer
Spotlights, windscreen wiper system,
F1/3 10
front
F1/4 5 Brake lights

age (A)
F2/1 10 Battery master switch, ignition lock
F2/2 15
F2/3 15 Voltage supply CAN bus
F2/4 10 Windscreen wiper system, roof
13.05.2015

12.3 Fuses

age (A)
F3/1 15
F3/2 15
F3/3 15
F3/4 15

age (A)
F4/1 5
F4/2 10 Windscreen wiper system, front
F4/3 10 Heating system
F4/4 5 Fan

age (A)
F5/1 5 Control lever, jog dial
F5/2 5
F5/3 5
F5/4 15 Oil cooler
1)
13.05.2015

12.4 Finding and eliminating malfunctions
12.4.1 Malfunctions on the engine
à Malfunctions on the engine, p. 6 - 17.
13.05.2015

12.4.2 Malfunctions on the main hoist/auxiliary hoist

Main hoist not working or Hoist off, lamp in button lights à Switching on the main hoist,
malfunctioning up dimly p. 9 - 49, à Switching on the
auxiliary hoist, p. 9 - 51
Dead man's switch not actu- Press dead man's switch
ated
Emergency stop switch à Resetting the emergency stop
engaged switch, p. 4 - 14
The fuse is defective Replace the blown fuse;
à p. 12 - 5
Error message is displayed Acknowledge error message
once; à p. 12 - 21 – if error
persists, notify Manitowoc
Crane Care
Only the lifting function Lowering limit switch Leave the shutdown range
works approached and lift the main hoist
Only the lowering function Lifting limit switch Leave the shutdown range
works approached, lamp # lights up and lower the main hoist
RCL shutdown, lamp + lights Leave the shutdown range;
up à p. 9 - 32
à p. 12 - 5
Lifting, lowering or high- Function disabled by CCS If necessary, acknowledge
speed mode function not error once and briefly turn off
working the ignition – if error persists,
notify Manitowoc Crane Care
No Lifting function RCL fuse is defective Replace the blown fuse;
à p. 12 - 5
à p. 12 - 5
Lifting or lowering is either Speed limited Increase limit; à p. 9 - 94
not possible at all or only at a
low speed
Lifting or lowering function CCS malfunction Emergency stop switch;
cannot be switched off à p. 12 - 1
No response to control lever CCS malfunction concerning
movements operating elements in the cab
13.05.2015

12.4.3 Malfunctions on the derricking gear

Derricking gear not working Derricking gear off, lamp in Switching on the derricking
or malfunctions button lights up dimly gear; à p. 9 - 56
Dead man's switch not actu- Press the dead man's switch.
ated
à p. 12 - 5
Fuse blown on circuit board Replace the blown fuse;
à p. 12 - 5
Error message is displayed Acknowledge error message
once; à p. 12 - 21 – if error
Crane Care
Lowering function not work- Lifting limit switch Leave the shutdown range
ing approached, lamp # lights up and lower the auxiliary hoist
up à p. 9 - 32
à p. 12 - 5
Derricking function not work- Function disabled by CCS If necessary, acknowledge
ing error once and briefly turn off
the ignition – if error persists,
RCL fuse is defective Replace the blown fuse;
à p. 12 - 5
à p. 12 - 5
Derricking not possible, or Speed limited Increase limit; à p. 9 - 94
only at low speed
Derricking cannot be CCS malfunction Emergency stop switch;
switched off à p. 12 - 1
13.05.2015

12.4.4 Malfunctions in the telescoping mechanism

Telescoping mechanism not Telescoping mechanism off, à Switching on the telescoping
working or malfunctioning lamp in button lights up dimly mechanism, p. 9 - 68
Dead man's switch system Press dead man's switch
not actuated.
à p. 12 - 5
Control unit faulty, error mes- Acknowledge error message
sage is displayed once; à p. 12 - 21 – if error
Crane Care
Telescopic section and tele- Faulty valve Note the error code
scoping cylinder locking/ à p. 12 - 22 and notify
unlocking function not work- Manitowoc Crane Care
ing
Extending function not work- The fuse is defective Replace the blown fuse;
ing à p. 12 - 5
up à p. 9 - 32
Lifting limit switch Leave the shutdown range,
approached, lamp # lights up retract boom
Retracting function not work- Insufficient lubrication Lubricate main boom;
ing à Maintenance manual
Main boom is not steep Leave the shutdown range
enough and raise the boom
Telescopic section cannot be Telescopic section locked à Unlocking the telescopic sec-
operated by moving the con- tion, p. 9 - 77
trol lever Telescoping cylinder à Lock telescoping cylinder,
unlocked p. 9 - 76
Telescopic section/telescop- Fault in hydraulics/electrical Note the error codes
ing cylinder locking function system à p. 12 - 22 and notify
not working Manitowoc Crane Care
Telescoping function not Function disabled by CCS If necessary, acknowledge
working error once and briefly turn off
13.05.2015

à p. 12 - 5
Telescoping not possible, or Speed limited Increase limit; à p. 9 - 94
only at low speed


Telescoping cannot be CCS malfunction Emergency stop switch;
switched off à p. 12 - 1
The main boom can no longer The hydraulic supply is inter- Retract the telescopic section
be telescoped; the telescop- rupted by means of mechanical
ing cylinder can no longer be emergency operation;
moved à p. 12 - 29
13.05.2015

12.4.5 Malfunctions on the slewing gear

Slewing gear not functioning Slewing gear off, lamp in but- Switch on the slewing gear;
ton lights up dimly à p. 9 - 88
Houselock switched on à Houselock, p. 8 - 80
Dead man's switch system Press dead man's switch
not engaged.
à p. 12 - 5
Fuse blown on circuit board Replace the blown fuse;
à p. 12 - 5
Control unit faulty, error mes- Acknowledge error message
sage is displayed once; à p. 12 - 21 – if error
Crane Care
RCL fuse is defective Replace the blown fuse;
à p. 12 - 5
Slewing function not working Enter RCL code for the 0° to the Enter RCL code for a slewing
rear position range
Function disabled by CCS If necessary, acknowledge
error once and briefly turn off
Slewing only possible in one Shutdown angle of a limited Enter the RCL code for a slew-
direction slewing range reached (addi- ing range of 360° or slew in
tional equipment). the opposite direction to leave
the shutdown angle
Slewing not possible or only Speed limited Increase limit; à p. 9 - 94
at low speed
Slewing cannot be switched CCS malfunction Emergency stop switch;
off à p. 12 - 1
13.05.2015

12.4.6 Malfunctions in the hydraulic system/hydraulic oil cooler

Hydraulic oil temperature Hydraulic system is under Stop the crane operation and
above 88 °C, fan in the extreme strain keep the engine running until
hydraulic oil cooler running the oil has cooled down
Hydraulic oil temperature The fuse is defective Stop crane operation and
above 88 °C, fan in the replace blown fuse;
hydraulic oil cooler not run- à p. 12 - 5
ning Faulty temperature sensor in Have the temperature sensor
the circuit of the hydraulic replaced
system, error message is dis-
played
13.05.2015

12.4.7 Malfunctions of the outriggers

Outrigger cylinders and The fuse is defective Replace blown fuse;
beams cannot be retracted or à p. 12 - 5.
extended
None of the specified causes Solenoid valves not working Inform Manitowoc Crane Care
apply
12.4.8 Troubleshooting the crane control
This section contains general malfunctions that are not indicated on the
control units and malfunctions that are indicated by error or information
symbols on the control units.
G
Risk of accident
Immediately stop operating the crane if an error message is displayed.
The crane control may only be repaired by trained and qualified personnel.
G
In the event of a faulty RCL, first try to correct the error with the information
in this section. Only override the RCL if it becomes absolutely necessary in
order to lower the load in the event of an emergency.
Do not carry out any movements which increase the load moment in the
event of a faulty or overridden RCL.
If the RCL is overridden, the crane operations are not monitored and no
shutdown procedures are initiated when leaving the working range.
s
13.05.2015

RCL program version

Always note down the number of the program version after a malfunction
occurs and before notifying Manitowoc Crane Care.
• Open the main menu, if necessary.
The display (1) indicates the programme version.
General malfunc-
tions

RCL not working – dark dis- Power supply not switched on Switching on the ignition
plays, no buzzer tone
The fuse is defective Replace blown fuse;
à p. 12 - 5.
RCL fuse is defective Replace blown fuse;
à p. 12 - 5.
RCL display dark Display temperature too high The set brightness is restored
– brightness is reduced auto- after cooling
matically
13.05.2015

Symbols in the If the rated capacity limiter detects an error, a symbol is shown in the dis-
error or informa- play area of the RCL control unit.
tion display areas
G
Risk of accident
Immediately stop operating the crane if an error message is displayed.
The RCL may only be repaired by trained and qualified personnel.
There are symbols for:

– Information messages without switch-off,
– Error messages with shutdown.
Symbols for information messages

– A buzzer tone sounds.
– A symbol is shown in the display area, e.g.
symbol (1).
If the symbol (2) is displayed then an error
message is present; à Error message with
shutdown, p. 12 - 20.
Symbols for information messages

– Main boom angle too small
Raise the main boom; à Derricking gear, p. 9 - 56.
– Main boom angle too large

Lower the main boom; à Derricking gear, p. 9 - 56.
s
13.05.2015

– Lattice extension angle not measured (different sensor values)
– Main boom, load capacity chart not present
– Lattice extension, load capacity chart not present
– RCL override (switch 1) not actuated
– RCL override (switch 1) actuated

13.05.2015

– RCL override, all switches actuated
– Learn-in phase
Displayed only during maintenance by service personnel
– Data acquisition
Displayed only during maintenance by service personnel
– Lattice extension, maximum permissible load exceeded
– Load too low
– RCL error status display
– Active working range limiter, maximum permissible overall height

reached
s
13.05.2015

– Active working range limiter, maximum permissible slew angle reached
– Active working range limiter, maximum permissible working radius

reached
If the described measures do not solve the problem, try to remedy the error
by turning off the ignition and turning it on again after about 15 seconds.
Error message with shutdown

If the symbol (1) is displayed then an error
message is present.
– All crane movements are turned off which

are not required for the correction of the
error.
– A continuous buzzer tone sounds.
13.05.2015

Displays in the • Stop all crane movements and bring both control levers into zero posi-
Error submenu tion.
This opens the Errors submenu.
Display of error/total errors

Display (2) shows the error total, and display
(1) shows which error is displayed.
3/5, for example, means:
– error 3 is shown
– There is a total of 5 errors.
Display errors
• Select and confirm the symbol (3) or (4) to
show any additional errors.
3 Next error
4 Previous error
To acknowledge the error

Display symbol (1) – error can be acknowl-
edged
Display symbol (2) – error can not be acknowl-
edged
• Select and confirm symbol (1) to acknowl-
edge the error.
If the error cannot be acknowledged, consult
s
13.05.2015

Error message display

For each error the display shows:
– the error code (5)
– the symbols for
1 the faulty component
2 the error type
3 the control unit which detected the
error
4 the index in the error group
When all errors are acknowledged, the lamps (1) and (2) go out.
Exiting the submenu

You can exit the Errors submenu at any time.

The next highest menu is opened.
13.05.2015

12.4.9 Malfunctions on the CraneSTAR system
If an error occurs, check:

– the fuses,
– the antenna plugs and
– the lamps on the TCU.
S
Risk of damage if procedure is incorrect
Observe the following notes to avoid malfunctions and damage.
– Always switch the ignition off before changing a fuse and before check-
ing the antenna plugs.
– Replace blown fuses only with new fuses of the same amperage.
Fuses
• Loosen the screws (2) and remove the
cover (1).
• Check the associated fuse on the plate (3)
and replace it if necessary; à Fuses,
p. 12 - 5.
• Loosen the screws (4) and fold down the
plate (3) to the front.
s
13.05.2015

• Check the fuses (1) and replace them if nec-

essary.
Designation Amperage
F3401 5A
F3402 5A
Antenna plugs
• Check whether the plugs (1) and (2) are
plugged in:
1 Plugs for GSM/GPS antenna
2 Plug for satellite antenna
13.05.2015

Lamp display
The lamps (A) to (F) display the operating con-
dition and are used for troubleshooting.
A TCU display
B GPS display
C GSM display
D Satellite display
E Can bus display
F GSM or satellite display
Each lamp can show four different functions.
– On: Lamp lights up

– Off: Lamp goes out
– Quick flash: Flashes four times per second
– Slow flash: Flashes once per second
• Observe the functions of the lamps and forward the information to

Manitowoc Crane Care if necessary.
s
13.05.2015

This table assigns possible errors to the lamp functions.
Function
Lamp On Off Slow flash Quick flash
– 24 V DC from bat- 0 V DC from battery – 24 V DC from bat-
tery and or ignition off for a tery and
A long time –
– 24 V DC from – 0 V DC from igni-
ignition tion
B 3D GPS fix – GPS error Weak signal
C Connected – No connection –
No message No message Message queued Message queued
D queued and satel- queued and no sat- and no satellite in and satellite in
lite in view ellite in view view view
Receiving data on No CAN data being Receiving data on
E –
CAN RX received CAN RX
Waiting Error Send/receive mes- Receive message
F
sage via GPS
After troubleshooting
• Fold the plate (3) up and secure it with the
screws (4).
• Fasten the cover (1) using the screws (2).
13.05.2015

12.5 Emergency operations and programmes

This section contains all the information about possible emergency opera-
tions and emergency programmes. The following are available:
– mechanical emergency operation for retracting
– Telescoping emergency programme submenu
– entering the telescope status after an emergency operation.
13.05.2015

Blank page
13.05.2015

12.5.1 Mechanical emergency activation for retracting
If you can no longer lock and unlock the telescopic sections from within the
cab because of a malfunction, you can do so manually by performing
mechanical emergency operations.
In this case, you need one or two auxiliary cranes.

In the worst case, emergency operation has to be performed by properly
trained personnel, because incorrect operation poses the risk of injury and
damage to the main boom.
• Always check the following option first.
Prior to the emer- First check whether it is permitted to lower the main boom to a horizontal
gency operation, position with the current telescope status. Proceed as follows:
check
Enter the current rigging mode on the RCL. The corresponding RCL code
according to the Lifting capacity table must be displayed.

– If the RCL allows the boom to be lowered into a horizontal position
You can reach the locking points with a ladder and need only one auxiliary
crane to telescope the unlocked telescopic sections.
– If the RCL is deactivated prior to reaching the horizontal position
In order to reach the locking points, you need an auxiliary crane with
licensed passenger transportation and a second auxiliary crane to secure
and telescope the unlocked telescopic sections.
H
If it is possible to lower but there is not sufficient space, you can check
whether the all-terrain crane can be driven in the current rigging mode;
à p. 11 - 1.
Operation with the lattice extension; à Lattice extension operating manual.
Procedure The best suitable retracting procedures in your particular case depend on
the conditions on site and on the crane functions that are still available.
Select the procedure best suited to your particular case and consult
s
13.05.2015

Mechanical emer- The following requirements must be met before unlocking manually:
gency activation – The main boom must be lowered to the horizontal position so that the tel-
escopic section cannot retract by itself.
or
– The telescopic section to be unlocked is secured against retracting by
itself by using an auxiliary crane. Telescoping is done with the auxiliary
crane.
G
Risk of accident due to sudden retraction of a telescopic section
Before unlocking the telescopic section, secure it against automatic retrac-
tion. This prevents the retracting telescopic section from severing one of
your limbs or the all-terrain crane from being damaged or overturned by
the telescopic section suddenly retracting.
H
If the telescoping cylinder is positioned at a locking point, the correspond-
ing telescopic section cannot be locked or unlocked manually.
There are two M6 x 130 screws for every telescopic section.
Screw (4) into the locking pins (1) to unlock.

Pins located further inside are reached
through the holes (2).
You will need a suitable socket wrench (3),
with one shank being at least 200 mm long.
– To unlock, the screws are screwed in.

– To lock, the screws are screwed out.
13.05.2015

Releasing the lock

• (A) – Extend about 28 mm, so that the cutout
(4) is accessible.
• (B) – Screw a bolt into the bore hole (1). The
locking pins (2) must retract behind the tele-
scopic section (3).
If necessary, give the locking pin (2) a slight
knock to help this procedure.
• Unlock the other side of the telescopic sec-
tion as well.
S
Risk of damage due to a mechanically released lock
Under no circumstances may you operate the telescoping cylinder as long
as the lock is mechanically released. Screw all screws out of the bore holes
immediately after finishing the repair work.
This prevents damage to the telescoping cylinder and the locking system.
Locking the telescopic section

• (A) – Retract until the locking pin (2) is in the
middle of the opening.
• Screw the screw out of the bore (1) until the
locking pin is fully extended.
• Remove the bolt from the bore hole.
• (B) – Retract further until the telescopic sec-
tion is set down.
13.05.2015

12.5.2 Telescoping emergency programme
In the event of a malfunction in the telescoping mechanism, you can retract

the main boom with the Telescoping emergency programme.
The emergency programme is not intended for crane operation and is
therefore restricted to a certain amount of time.
• If possible, lower the load first, before activating the emergency program;
à What to do when malfunctions occur during crane operation, p. 12 - 3.
Open submenu
Emergency
program
• Select and confirm the symbol (1) – the Telescoping emergency pro-
gramme is opened.
• Select and confirm the symbols (1) to (4).

• Confirm the entry with the symbol (5).
You can cancel the entry at any time using the
buttons (6) or (7).
After the correct entry has been made, the

Telescoping emergency programme is started.
The emergency programme has a time limit.

The display (1) shows the remaining time for
operating the emergency programme.
It runs for approx. 360 seconds.
The telescoping mechanism can be operated

with the emergency program within this time.
If the time is not sufficient then you must
restart the emergency program.
13.05.2015

Determining the • Check which emergency program procedure is suitable for the current
error type error:
G
Risk of damage to the telescoping mechanism
Ensure that you always have an overview of the current status of the tele-
scoping mechanism before you initiate locking or unlocking.
In emergency mode, there is no monitoring of prerequisites – the function
is performed immediately after pressing the button.
– If the display (1) shows no value, there is an

error on the length indicator of the CCS
crane control system.
– If the display (2) shows no value, there is an
error on the length indicator of the RCL
rated capacity limiter.
• If no values are shown on displays (1) and
(2) then you are not permitted to start the
telescoping process. Refer to Manitowoc
Crane Care
– If a symbol (3) is violet, there is an error on
the proximity switch.
The symbols (4) and (5) are active. After selec-
tion and conformation, locking or unlocking is
performed immediately.
s
13.05.2015

G
Never telescope the main boom if there is an error on the length indicator
and on the proximity switch at the same time.
It would then not be possible for you to monitor operations, and compo-
nents in the main boom could be damaged, or a situation could arise in
which the main boom can no longer be extended or retracted.
H
In the Telescoping emergency programme, all functions for retracting the
main boom remain enabled as long as there are no other errors (hydraulic
or mechanical).
The speed is restricted to approximately 30% of the maximum speed.
Error on length First register the current status of the telescoping mechanism.
indicator
• Check the positions of the locking pins as

usual, i.e. on the symbols (1) and (2).
• Check whether the display (3) shows the
RCL measured value for the extended length
of the telescoping cylinder.
13.05.2015

Checks before telescoping

• Before telescoping, check that the following conditions are met:
G
Risk of accident from sudden retraction of a telescopic section
Can can only select and confirm the symbol for unlocking the telescopic
section a maximum of 2 times. If this does not start the unlocking proce-
dure, contact Manitowoc Crane Care.
– The telescoping cylinder is on the locking

point and is locked, symbols (2) are green.
– The telescopic section is unlocked, symbol
(3) (press no more than 2 times), symbols
(1) are red.
Retracting and locking a telescopic section

During telescoping you may not select Lock. Under no circumstances
should you select and press the symbol (1).
S
If you select Lock during telescoping, the locking pins on the telescopic sec-
tion are slid out immediately and they can damage or tear the electrical or
hydraulic components in the main boom.
s
13.05.2015

• Retract the telescopic section slowly and as

far as possible; à Tables for approaching the
locking points, p. 12 - 38.
• Extend to about 28 mm.
The telescopic section is locked. In the posi-
tion Locked, the locking pins (1) are green.
• Set down the telescopic section and retract
it as far as it will go.
Unlocking the telescoping cylinder

If the telescopic section (1) is locked, you can now unlock the telescoping
cylinder.
G
Risk of accident from sudden retraction of a telescopic section
Can can only select and confirm the symbol for unlocking the telescoping
cylinder a maximum of 2 times. If this does not start the unlocking proce-
dure, contact Manitowoc Crane Care.

The telescoping cylinder is unlocked. In the
position Unlocked, the locking pins (2) are red.
You can now move the telescoping cylinder

into the next telescopic section; à
Tables for
approaching the locking points, p. 12 - 38.
13.05.2015

Extending and locking the telescoping cylinder

You may not select Lock while the telescoping cylinder is retracting or
extending. Never select and confirm the symbol (1).
S
If you select Lock while the telescoping cylinder is moving, the locking pins
on the telescopic section are slid out immediately and they can damage or
tear the electrical or hydraulic components in the main boom.
• Slowly move the telescoping cylinder into the next extended telescopic
section.
At the locking point:
– the display (3) shows the length for the cur-
rent locking point; àp. 12 - 38.
The telescoping cylinder is locked. In the posi-
tion Locked, the locking pins (2) are green.
• You can now retract this telescopic section; à p. 12 - 35.
s
13.05.2015

Tables for The extent to which the telescoping cylinder has to be extended in order to
approaching the reach a locking point depends on whether you want to lock:
locking points – the telescoping cylinder or
– a telescopic section.
Locking points for the telescoping cylinder

The following table shows the extended length for locking the telescoping
cylinder.
Table for locking the telescoping cylinder

Telescopic Locking point at fixed Extended length of tele-
section length scoping cylinder
in % in mm
0 5
Telescopic
47 3488
section I
100 7395
0 345
Telescopic
47 3834
section II
100 7760
0 648
Telescopic
49 4137
section III
100 7763
0 892
Telescopic
49 4384
section IV
100 7980
13.05.2015

Locking points for the telescopic sections

The telescopic section must not be set down for locking or unlocking it.
The cutout (1) must be clear. That is why you have to extend the telescoping
cylinder further than with a return run.
The following table shows the extended length for locking and unlocking
the telescopic sections.
Table for locking/unlocking the telescopic sections

Telescopic Locking point at fixed Extended length of tele-
section length scoping cylinder
in % in mm
0 8
Telescopic
47 3516
section I
100 7423
0 348
Telescopic
47 3862
section II
100 7788
0 651
Telescopic
49 4165
section III
100 7791
0 895
Telescopic
49 4412
section IV
100 8008
13.05.2015

12.5.3 Entering the current telescoping
CCS no longer displays the current telescoping

– if you telescoped in emergency mode, or
– if the power supply was interrupted in the course of saving data.
In these cases, you must enter the current telescoping, e.g. the values from
the RCL display.
• Select and confirm the symbol (1) – the Unknown telescoping emergency
programme is opened.
• Select and confirm the symbols (1) to (4).

You can cancel the entry at any time using the
buttons (6) or (7).
Once the entry has been made correctly, the

submenu Unknown telescoping is opened.
Entering target values

• Select and confirm the symbols 1 to 4.
• Enter the desired target values for all tele-
scopic sections, e.g. unlocked, 100%, 100%,
100%.
Display symbol:
2 Permissible value
3 Impermissible value
13.05.2015

You can cancel the entry at any time using the buttons (1) or (2).
S
Risk of damage due to incorrect input
Before working with the crane, check whether CCS indicates the current tel-
escoping and correct if this is not the case.
Entering incorrect values causes malfunctions and may result in damage to
the telescoping mechanism.
13.05.2015

Blank page
13.05.2015

13
13 Transport
13.1 Transport with transport vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 - 1
13.1.1 CHECKLIST: Checks before transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 - 2
13.1.2 Drive the all-terrain crane onto the transport vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 - 4
13.1.3 Slinging points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 - 5
13.05.2015

13.05.2015

Transport
13.1 Transport with transport vehicle
13 Transport
Transport should be carried out only by qualified heavy transport compa-
nies whose personnel are well-acquainted with loads of these dimensions
and weights.
G
Risk of accidents due to improper transport!
Assign transport to only qualified companies and ensure that the regula-
tions applicable in the country in which you are working are adhered to.
The operating manual of the trailer manufacturer is applicable for the oper-
ation of the trailer during travel (e.g. coupling and uncoupling, steering).
G
Risk of accidents due to improper means of transport!
Use only suitable lifting gear with sufficient lifting capacity for loading.
Use only trailers and vehicles with sufficient loading surface and lifting
capacity for transport.
G
Risk of accidents due to inadequate information!
Observe the information in the following sections concerning transport.
You can thus prevent unsecured parts from falling or components from
being damaged due to improper handling.
G
Risk of accident
Using only a suitable ramp of sufficient load bearing capacity. The ramp
inclination must not be more than 15°.
If the inclination is too large, unwanted motion of the vehicle may occur.
This can cause the all-terrain crane to tip off the ramp. This can cause seri-
ous injuries to yourself and other people.
G
Risk of accidents due to falling parts
Use only suitable lifting gear with sufficient load bearing capacity and use
only the provided slinging points and lashing points.
• Note the dimensions and weight of the all-terrain crane for the transport;
à Dimensions, weights and turning circle radii of the all-terrain crane, axle
13.05.2015
loads, p. 1 - 8.

Transport
13.1.1 CHECKLIST: Checks before transport
H
1. – All telescopic sections are interlocked; the telescoping cylinder is

locked with telescopic section I.
– The superstructure is located in the 0° position to the front.
– The slewing gear is switched off; à p. 9 - 92.
– The superstructure is locked.
2. On the outriggers
– All outrigger beams are fully retracted;à p. 10 - 19.
– The outrigger pads are in the driving position; à p. 10 - 23.
3. The hook block is

– attached at the front on the holding rope; à p. 10 - 31
or
– unreeved; à p. 10 - 36.
4. The all-wheel drive is switched on; à p. 5 - 25.
5. The transverse differential locks are switched on; à p. 5 - 24.

13.05.2015

Transport
6. The spotlight is turned downwards (if present); à p. 9 - 97.
7. Air traffic control light is removed;

à Air traffic control light, p. 10 - 52
8. All additional parts which may be transported are secured against fall-
ing down.
13.05.2015

Transport
13.1.2 Drive the all-terrain crane onto the transport vehicle
G
Risk of accidents due to inadequate field of vision!
Always have a banksman on hand to help when driving onto a transport
vehicle.
Maintain eye contact or radio contact with the banksman at all times while
driving onto the transport vehicle. This helps ensure that you do not drive
onto the transport vehicle at an angle, resulting in the all-terrain crane fall-
ing off the transport vehicle.
Drive on
• Drive the all-terrain crane onto the trailer.
Pull the parking brake immediately and
switch the engine off.
• Close the cab door.
Lashing
• Secure the all-terrain crane with the
chocks (1).
• Tie down the adapter to the slinging points
(2). Ensure that no attachments, cables or
hoses are damaged in this process.
13.05.2015

Transport
13.1.3 Slinging points
G
Risk of accidents due to falling parts
Use only suitable lifting gear with sufficient load bearing capacity and use
only the provided slinging points.
• Fasten the lifting gear to the slinging points

(1) and (2) on both sides.
13.05.2015

Transport
Blank page
13.05.2015

14
14 Index
13.05.2015

13.05.2015

Index
14 Index
H
To avoid making the index unnecessarily long and unclear, we have not
included every single element from the instrument panel.
Those elements, such as switches and buttons, lamps and displays are
described and named in detail in the overviews of chapter 3 and chapter 8
All-Terrain Crane Description.
From there you will as usual be referred to more detailed descriptions of
these elements.
13.05.2015

Index
Blank page
13.05.2015

Index
A Air intake inhibitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 15

Air-conditioning system
In the cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 114
All-terrain crane
Checking the horizontal alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 44
Earthing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 11
Overview of carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 2
Rocking free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 26
Safe distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 44
Securing against rolling away . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 21
Towing free
Forwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 27
Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 27
Turning off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 21
All-wheel drive
Auxiliary hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 51
Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 53
Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 51
B Battery master switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 6

Brakes
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 31
Checking for correct functioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 6
C Cab
Adjusting the mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 5
Air-conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 114
Drying the air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 115
Auxiliary water heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 30
CraneSTAR system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 117
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 36
Operating elements
CCS
Overview of the menu groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 18
Start menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 16
Control lever configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 11
13.05.2015
On steering column/steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 8

On the control panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 9
On the control unit CCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 14
On the control unit RCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 42
On the display CCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 12

Index
On the display RCL

Submenus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 44, 8 - 45
On the side panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 8
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 4, 8 - 4
Rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 35
Side window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 35
Standard heating system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 112
Ventilating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 113
Cab lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 91
Carrier
Charging batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 9
Externally starting the all-terrain crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 9
CCS
Adjusting the brightness of the display – in the cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 7
In menu for outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 20, 8 - 21
In submenu
Displaying and resetting operating hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 8
In the Active working range limiter menu 8 - 30, 8 - 31, 8 - 32, 8 - 33, 8 - 36, 8
- 37
In the main menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 16
In the Settings submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 14
Operating hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 98
In the Settings submenu, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 34
In the start menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 12
In the submenu Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 38
In the Telescoping menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 24, 8 - 25, 8 - 27, 8 - 28, 8 - 29
In working range limiter submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 31
On the control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 10, 8 - 14
Warnings in the start menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 18
CHECKLIST
At low temperatures
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 4
Checks before on-road driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1
Checks before operating the crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1
Extending the outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 15
Retracting the outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 17
Rigging for crane operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1
Unrigging following crane operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 4
Checks
Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 5
Safety equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 7
Choosing a site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 7
Counterweight
Counterweight sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 29
Slewing with counterweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 29
13.05.2015
Crane operation
CHECKLIST – checks before operating the crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1
Permissible slewing ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 46
Rigging – CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1
Unrigging – CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 4

Index
What to do in the event of malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 3
D Derricking gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 56
Raising and lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 57
Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 58
Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 56
Diagnostics plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 92
Displays during crane operation
Operating hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 98
Displays while driving
Warning message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 18
Documentation supplied . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 15
Questions on documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 16
Driving
At low temperatures – CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 4
Checks before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 5
Checks before driving – CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1
Checks while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 14
Downhill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 15
Off-road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 23
Uphill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 17
What to do in the event of malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 3
Driving with load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 1
Driving with rigged all-terrain crane
After driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 6
Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 3
Driving path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 1
While driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 5
E Earthing
Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 11
The all-terrain crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 11
Earthing the load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 11
Electrical system
Checks in the cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 5, 9 - 6
Emergency operation
Telescoping mechanism
Emergency operation for retracting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 29
Checks before emergency operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 29
Performing mechanical emergency operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 30
13.05.2015
Procedures for retracting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 29

Entering the telescope status after emergency operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 40
Telescoping emergency programme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 32
Emergency stop devices

Index
For the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 14

For crane operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 1
For driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1
Engine
Control in the cab
Checking after starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 10
Checking the fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 5
Inspections before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 6
Monitoring elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 11
Resetting the emergency stop switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 14
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 8
Engine preheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 30
Operation
Start for driving – CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1
start for driving – CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 - 2
Preheating
Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 30
Setting idling speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 12
Turning off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 13
Engine for crane operation
Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 8
Engine for driving
Air intake inhibitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 15
Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 17
Refuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 5
F Final drive
For driving
Switching on the ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 6
Fuel tank
Standard tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 5
Fuses
On the carrier
In the battery box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 14
In the cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 5
G Gears
13.05.2015
Control in the cab

Changing gears while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 11
Changing the driving direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 12
Selecting the driving direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 10

Index
Starting at extremely low temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 13

Stopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 12
Switching to neutral position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 9
H Heating system
Cab
Standard heating system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 112
High-speed mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 85
Derricking gear/telescoping mechanism high-speed mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 85
High-speed mode for hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 86
Hoist rope
Checking the position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 6
Positioning and reeving in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 38
Possible reevings on the main boom
Rope end clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 36
Unreeving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 41
Hook block
Attaching at the front on the holding rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 32
Lifting at the front from the holding rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 31
Picking up from a separate vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 33
Placing on a separate vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 33
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 33
Houselock
I Inclination indicator
Inclination indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 27
Information
Conversion table for US measuring units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 25
For operations planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 24
Notes on the operating instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 17
Installing/removing the air traffic control light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 52
K Keys
13.05.2015
Door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 37
Fuel tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 37
Ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 37

Index
L Ladders and access ladders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 4

Lifting limit switch
Boom top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 49
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 46
Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 50
Removing the lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 51
Lighting
Air traffic control light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 91
Cab lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 34, 8 - 91
Hazard warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 33
Headlight check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 34
Parking light/headlight – full beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 33
Rotating beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 91
Swinging the spotlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 91
Switching on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 33
Turn signal indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 33
Worklight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 91
M Main boom
Lowering to the horizontal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 59
Main boom configuration submenu
In the Telescoping menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 25
Main hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 48
Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 50
Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 49
Malfunctions
CCS carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 19
Crane control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 15
CraneStar system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 23
Derricking gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 10
Engine
In driving mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 17
Engine for crane operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 8
Gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 18
Hydraulic system, carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 18
Main hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 9
Outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 15
Slewing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 13
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 18
Superstructure hydraulic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 14
13.05.2015
Telescoping mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 11
Mirrors, adjusting
For driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 5
Movement combinations

Index
When operating with the main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 92
O Off-road driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 23
Operating elements
In the crane cab – overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 4, 8 - 4
Operating manual
Example of how to use cross-references . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 22
Finding information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 21
Structure of the chapters and pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 19
Symbols used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 17
Outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 15
CHECKLIST – extending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 15
CHECKLIST – retracting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 17
Determining the required ground bearing area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 7
Enlarging the ground bearing area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 24
Extending/retracting outrigger beams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 21
Extending/retracting supporting cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 25
Levelling the all-terrain crane on outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 27
Inclination indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 27
Outrigger pads
Moving into driving position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 23
Moving into working position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 23
Permissible outrigger spans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 18
Setting the outrigger spans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 19
Overview
Operating elements – crane operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1
Operating elements – Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1
P Parking brake
Operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 31
R RCL
Checks before operating the crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 26
Displaying the lifting capacity tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 40
Entering the rigging mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 18
Entering the time/date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 42
Operating elements
In the monitoring submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 46
In the submenu Lifting capacity table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 47
13.05.2015
In the submenu Rigging mode entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 45

On the control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 42
RCL override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 35
RCL pre-warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 32

Index
RCL switch-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 32
Due to error message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 20
Due to overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 32
Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 15
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 15
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 17
Errors submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 21
General malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 16
Refuel
Standard tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 5
Rigging mode
Entering on the RCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 18
Rigging work
Main boom
Attaching the hook block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 32
Picking up the hook block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 31
Picking up the hook block from a separate vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 33
Placing the hook block on a separate vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 33
Outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 15
Rigging for crane operation – CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1
Unrigging following crane operation – CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 4
S Safe distance
From electrical cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 12
To slopes and pits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 10
Safety
Basic safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1
Intended use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1
Notes on transporting persons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 8
Safety equipment
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 7
Separate steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 28
Switching to normal steering mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 29
Switching to separate steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 28
Settings before driving
Adjusting display brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 7
Settings during crane operation
Adjusting the power unit speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 94
Setting the characteristic curves for the control levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 96
Setting the constant idling speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 94
Slewable spotlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 97
Switching units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 95
Slewing gear
13.05.2015
Braking the slewing movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 91

Slew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 89
Slewing gear brake

Index
Engaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 88
Releasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 88
Slewing gear freewheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 91
Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 92
Starting to tow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 8
Steering
Steering column
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 7
Superstructure hydraulic system
Hydraulic oil cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 93
Superstructure lock
Locking/unlocking the turntable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 12
Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 12
Locking points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 12
T Technical data
Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 11
Dimensions and weights of removable parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 10
Dimensions, weights, turning circle radii axle loads of the all-terrain crane . . 1 - 8
Maximum lifting capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 7
Operating speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 14
Superstructure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 13
Telescoping mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 60
Assignment for display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 64
Checks before starting work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 67
Function of the control lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 68
Function of the telescoping pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 69
Main boom fixed length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 65
Main boom intermediate length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 65
Main boom telescoping length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 65
Manual telescoping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 71
Checking the initial position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 71
Locking the telescopic section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 79
Telescoping the telescopic section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 78
Unlocking the telescoping cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 73
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 61
Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 70
Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 68
Telescope status, RCL display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 66
Telescoping process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 61
Telescoping sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 66
13.05.2015
Telescoping the main boom for maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 84

Telescoping the main boom when horizontal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 84
Telescoping with semi-automaton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 80, 9 - 83
Telescoping, CCS display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 78
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 5

Index
After engine/transmission damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 6

Electric power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 7
Releasing the parking brake in the event of an engine failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 6
Towing the truck crane out of the danger area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 7
Towing free
Forwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 27
Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 27
Transmission
Transverse differential lock
Transverse differential locks
While towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 7
W Welding work
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 4
Wheels and tyres
Wheel change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 11
Windscreen wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 33
Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 33
Work break . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 110
In case of short work breaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 110
In case of work breaks of more than 8 hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 111
Working range limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 99
Entering limit values by approaching them
For slewing angles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 104
For the overall height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 103
For working radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 104
Entering limit values manually
For overall height/working radius/slewing angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 106
Opening the working range limiter submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 100
Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 109
Switching monitoring function on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 108
View current settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 100
13.05.2015

GROVE RT550E Operation Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

GROVE RT550E Operation Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Operating manual

Any type of duplication or excerpt from

Manitowoc Crane Group Germany GmbH

Fax: [+49] (0) 44 21 294-301

3 302 375 en Operating manual RT550E

Part 2 – Crane operation

Content overview of Part 1:

You will find chapters chapter 8 to chapter 14 in part 2 – Crane Operation.

Operating manual RT550E 3 302 375 en

3 302 375 en Operating manual RT550E

1.2 Branch offices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 2

1.4 Terms used. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 4

1.5 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 7

1.9 Training – Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 27

1.11 EC Declaration of Conformity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 30

Operating manual RT550E 3 302 375 en

3 302 375 en Operating manual RT550E

Adhere to the requirements regarding the obligation to report accidents

Operating manual RT550E 3 302 375 en 1-1

1.2 Branch offices

1.2.1 Manitowoc Crane Care

1.2.2 Dealer list

Visit the following address for a global list of dealers:

1.3 Warranty specifications

1-2 3 302 375 en Operating manual RT550E

Operating manual RT550E 3 302 375 en 1-3

1.4 Terms used

1-4 3 302 375 en Operating manual RT550E

Operating manual RT550E 3 302 375 en 1-5

1-6 3 302 375 en Operating manual RT550E

1.5 Technical data

GROVE crane RT550E

Crane designation: Truck crane in accordance with

The crane is designed in accordance with crane class A1 (as defined in

1.5.1 Maximum lifting capacity (DIN/ISO/EN)

Max. load bearing capacity: 38.0 t1), 2)

Operating manual RT550E 3 302 375 en 1-7

1.5.2 Dimensions, weights and turning circle radii of the all-terrain

1-8 3 302 375 en Operating manual RT550E

Total weight depending on driving 28.5 t

Operating manual RT550E 3 302 375 en 1-9

1.5.3 Dimensions and weights of removable parts

Hook blocks and

Lifting capacity of the hook blocks; à p. 10 - 42.

1 - 10 3 302 375 en Operating manual RT550E

Gears Dana T20000.

Steering Two hydraulic cylinders on each axle

Tyre size Crane and driving

Climbing ability Transport weight 28.5 t

Drive Tyres Climbing ability

Outrigger spans: 6.15 x 6.10 m

Outrigger pads Diameter: 480 mm

Maximum outrigger pres- front/rear: 30.5 t

Stroke of support cylinders 635 mm

Inclination indicator: Level in the cab

Driving speeds At an engine speed of 2500 rpm

Forwards: max. 24.5 km/h

1 - 12 3 302 375 en Operating manual RT550E

Operating manual RT550E 3 302 375 en 1 - 13

Lattice extension As additional equipment; à Lattice extension operating manual.

Main hoist: Rope speed when lifting and lowering

Auxiliary hoist: Rope speed when lifting and lowering

Slewing gear: 0 to 1.8 revolutions per minute

Telescoping Extending from 9.9 to 39.0 m